c m y cm my cy cmy k regal owner’s manual - buick · buick regal owner manual...

23361422 A

Regal

Regal Owner’s Manual

buick.com (U.S.)buick.gm.ca (Canada)

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k17_Buick_Regal_23361422A.ai 1 4/5/2016 8:43:10 AM

Buick Regal Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-9804381) - 2017 - crc - 4/5/16

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 24

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 95

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 149

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 155

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 291

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 308

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 318

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, theBUICK Emblem, and REGAL aretrademarks and/or service marks ofGeneral Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forBuick Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23361422 A First Printing ©2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the ownermanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar® (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

g : First Responder

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

# : Fog Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses


4 Introduction

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Passenger Sensing System . . . 12Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 17Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 17Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Forward Automatic

Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 19Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 19Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Universal Remote System . . . . . 20Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 21Fuel (2.0L Turbo Engine) . . . . . . 22Fuel (2.4L Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 22Driving for Better Fuel

Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143.

Fog Lamps 0 146 (IfEquipped).

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 146.

2. Air Vents 0 153.

3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-ChangeSignals 0 145.

4. Cruise Control 0 185 (IfEquipped).

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 187(If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 96 (IfEquipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 197 (If Equipped).

5. Instrument Cluster (UplevelCluster) 0 104 or InstrumentCluster (Base Cluster) 0 101.

Driver Information CenterDisplay. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level)0 119 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 121.

6. Steering Wheel Controls 0 96(If Equipped).

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 119 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 121.

7. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 97.

8. Infotainment 0 149.

9. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 182.

Hazard WarningFlashers 0 145.

GS/Sport Buttons (IfEquipped). See Selective RideControl 0 184.

Parking Assist Button (IfEquipped). See AssistanceSystems for Parking orBacking 0 195.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 203 (If Equipped).

10. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 144.

11. Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light. See SafetyBelt Reminders 0 109.

12. Heated Front Seats 0 52 (IfEquipped).

13. Electric Parking Brake Switch.See Parking Brake 0 180.

14. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 176.

15. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 150.

16. Ignition Positions (Key Access)0 166 or Ignition Positions(Keyless Access) 0 168.

17. Horn 0 97.

18. Steering WheelAdjustment 0 96.

19. Hood Release. SeeHood 0 213.

20. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 111.

21. Instrument Panel Storage 0 92.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may work up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

With Remote Start Shown

Press the button to extend the key.The key can be used for all locks.This key is also used for theignition, if the vehicle does not havepushbutton start.

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized.

Y : Press and hold to release thetrunk.

7 : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. Press and hold for atleast three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. Press again to cancelthe panic alarm.

See Keys 0 24 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 26.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.


In Brief 9

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold / until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 32.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the door fromoutside the vehicle, press Q or Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter or use the key in thedriver door.

From inside the vehicle pull once onthe door handle to unlock it. Pullingthe door handle again unlatches it.

Pushing down the manual lock knobon the driver door will lock all doors.Pushing down the manual lock knobon a passenger door will lock thatdoor only.

See Door Locks 0 34 for additionalinformation.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

Trunk Release

To open the trunk:

. Press| on the driver door.

. Press and holdY on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the trunkunder the vehicle emblem afterunlocking all doors.

See Trunk 0 36.


10 In Brief

Windows

The power window switches are onthe driver door. Each passengerdoor has a switch that controls onlythat window.

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull the front of the switchup to raise it. See PowerWindows 0 43.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

1. Seatback Recline Lever2. Height Adjustment Switch3. Seat Position Handle

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle (3) under thefront of the seat cushion.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle (3).

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Press and hold the top or bottom ofthe switch (2) to raise or lower theseat. Release the switch (2) whenthe desired height is reached.

To raise or recline the seatback, usethe lever (1) on the outboard side ofthe seat.

See Seat Adjustment 0 48 andReclining Seatbacks 0 49.

Power Seats

1. Seat Adjustment Control2. Reclining Seatbacks3. Lumbar Adjustment


In Brief 11

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding thecontrol (1) forward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front or rearpart of the seat cushion bymoving the front or rear of thecontrol (1) up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the control (1) upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 49.

To raise or recline the seatback, tiltthe top of the control (2) forward orrearward. See RecliningSeatbacks 0 49.

Press and hold the top or bottom ofthe control (3) to increase ordecrease lumbar support. SeeLumbar Adjustment 0 49.

Memory Features

If equipped, the MEM, 1, and 2buttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallystore and recall the driver seat andoutside mirror positions.

See Memory Seats 0 51 andVehicle Personalization 0 133.

Heated Seats

If equipped, the buttons are part ofthe climate control system on thecenter stack. To operate, the ignitionand the climate control system mustbe on. If the climate control systemis off, press the O button to turnit on.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The lights near the


12 In Brief

heated seat symbol on the displayindicate three for the highest settingand one for the lowest.

See Heated Seats 0 11.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 47 and SeatAdjustment 0 48.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 55.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 56.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 57.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 79.

Passenger SensingSystem

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theinstrument panel when the vehicle isstarted. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 67 for importantinformation.


In Brief 13

Mirror Adjustment

Interior Mirrors

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

The mirror automatically dims toreduce the glare of headlamps frombehind. The dimming feature comeson when the vehicle is started. SeeAutomatic Dimming RearviewMirror 0 42.

Exterior Mirrors

To adjust a mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch tothe center position.

See Power Mirrors 0 41.

Folding Mirrors

The outside mirrors can be foldedinward to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. To fold, pull the mirror towardthe vehicle. Push the mirror outwardto return it to the original position.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.


14 In Brief

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The interior lamps control in theoverhead console controls both thefront and rear interior lamps.

( : Turns the lamps off.

H : Turns the lamps on when anydoor is opened.

' : Keeps the lamps on allthe time.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps.

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

For more information, see DomeLamps 0 147.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel on the outboardside of the steering wheel.

O : Turns off the exterior lamps.The knob returns to the AUTOposition after it is released. Turn toO again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when theshift lever is moved out of theP (Park) position.

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.


In Brief 15

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

2 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 143

. Daytime Running Lamps(DRL) 0 144

. Fog Lamps 0 146, If Equipped.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For several wipes,hold the lever down.

nL : Pull the lever toward you tospray windshield washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 97.


16 In Brief

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Heated Front Seats (IfEquipped)

3. Defrost

4. Air Delivery Mode Controls

5. Fan Control

6. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

8. Recirculation

9. A/C (Air Conditioning)

10. Rear Window Defogger

11. Power

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 150.

Transmission

Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC) allowsyou to shift an automatictransmission similar to a manualtransmission. To use the DSCfeature:

1. Move the shift lever to the leftfrom D (Drive) into the sidegate marked with (+) and (−).


In Brief 17

2. Press the shift lever forward toupshift or rearward todownshift.

See Automatic Transmission 0 176.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

5 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press the control up brieflyto resume to that speed or holdupward to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.


18 In Brief

SET− : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 185 andAdaptive Cruise Control 0 187 (ifequipped).

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.

y or z : Press to move up ordown in a list.

S or T : Press S to openapplication menus on the left. PressT to open interaction menus on theright.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 119 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 121.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red alertand rapidly beeps.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 197.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake the


In Brief 19

vehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 199.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidunintentional lane departures atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater. LDW uses a camera sensorto detect the lane markings. TheLDW light, @, is green if a lanemarking is detected. If the vehicledeparts the lane without using a turnsignal in that direction, the light willchange to amber and flash. Inaddition, beeps will sound.

See Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 203.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (or

spot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 201 and Lane Change Alert(LCA) 0 201.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedbacking maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 195.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow displayedon the RVC screen to warn of traffic

behind your vehicle that may crossyour vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound.


Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear Parking Assist(RPA) uses sensors on the rearbumper to assist with parking andavoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA maydisplay a warning triangle on theRVC screen and a graphic on theinstrument cluster to provide theobject distance. In addition, multiplebeeps may occur if very close to anobject.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.



20 In Brief

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There are two 12-volt accessorypower outlets located:

. On the center stack next to theashtray.

. Inside the center console.

The outlet is powered when theignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until the driverdoor is opened within 10 minutes ofturning off the vehicle. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 172.

Open the protective cover to use theaccessory power outlet.

See Power Outlets 0 98.

Universal Remote System

If equipped, this system provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist with programmingthe Universal Remote system.

See Universal RemoteSystem 0 139.

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY or inRetained Accessory Power (RAP).See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 172.

Open/Close : Presse (1) to thefirst detent to open the sunroof.Pressg (1) to the first detent toclose.


In Brief 21

Express-Open/Express-Close :Presse (1) to the second detentand release to express-open thesunroof with the safety functionenabled. Pressg (1) to thesecond detent and release toexpress-close. To stop themovement, press the switch again.

Vent : Pressf (2) to vent the

sunroof. Pressg to close thesunroof vent.

The sunroof has an automaticreversal feature.

See Sunroof 0 44.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe traction control system limitswheel slip. The system turns onautomatically every time the vehicleis started.

The StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem turns on automatically everytime the vehicle is started.

. To turn off traction control, pressand release g on the center

stack. i illuminates and theappropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 131.

. Press and release g again toturn on traction control.

. To turn off both traction controland StabiliTrak, press and holdg, on the center stack, until i

and g illuminate in theinstrument cluster and theappropriate DIC message isdisplayed. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 131.

. Press and release g to turn onboth systems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 182.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See


22 In Brief

Vehicle Load Limits 0 163. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 251.

Fuel (2.0L Turbo Engine)

Premium Recommended Fuel

Use premium 93 octane unleadedgasoline in your vehicle. Unleadedgasoline with an octane rating aslow as 87 may be used, but it willreduce performance and fueleconomy. See Fuel 0 204.

Fuel (2.4L Engine)

Regular Fuel

Use only unleaded gasoline rated87 octane or higher in your vehicle.Do not use gasoline with an octanerating lower as it may result invehicle damage and lower fueleconomy. See Fuel 0 204.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.


In Brief 23

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Using the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheel,display REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 119 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 121. Whenremaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on thedisplay. See Engine OilMessages 0 128.

2. Press V on the DIC controlsand hold down for a fewseconds to clear the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON messageand reset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil ischanged. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 219.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-252-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Buick owners are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside AssistanceProgram.

See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 312.


24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 32Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 35Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 38Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Immobilizer Operation (Key

Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Immobilizer Operation (Keyless

Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 42Automatic Dimming Rearview

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withan ignition key or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter isdangerous and children or otherscould be seriously injured orkilled. They could operate thepower window or other controls ormake the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with the keyin the ignition or with the RKEtransmitter in the vehicle, andchildren or others could be caughtin the path of a closing window.Do not leave children in a vehiclewith the ignition key or an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

{ Warning

If the key is unintentionallyrotated while the vehicle isrunning, the ignition could bemoved out of the RUN position.This could be caused by heavyitems hanging from the key ring,or by large or long items attachedto the key ring that could becontacted by the driver orsteering wheel. If the ignitionmoves out of the RUN position,the engine will shut off, brakingand steering power assist may be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

impacted, and airbags may notdeploy. To reduce the risk ofunintentional rotation of theignition key, do not change theway the ignition key and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,if equipped, are connected to theprovided key rings.

If the vehicle is equipped with akeyed ignition, the ignition key, keyrings, and RKE transmitter,if equipped, are designed to worktogether. As a system, it reducesthe risk of unintentionally movingthe key out of the RUN position.If replacements or additions arerequired, see your dealer. Limitadded items to a few essential keysor small, light items no larger thanan RKE transmitter.

Interference from radio-frequencyidentification (RFID) tags mayprevent the key from starting thevehicle. Keep RFID tags away fromthe key when starting the vehicle.

The key that is part of the RKEtransmitter can be used for theignition and all locks if the vehicle isa Key Access vehicle.

If the vehicle has the keylessignition, the key can be used for thelocks.



Press the button on the RKEtransmitter to extend the key. Pressthe button and the key blade toretract the key.

If the vehicle has an ignition and itbecomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.Periodically clean with a brushor pick.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside AssistanceProgram 0 312.

With an active OnStar subscription,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 322.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 318.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See“Keyless Access Operation” later inthis section.

The transmitter functions may workup to 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.



With Remote Start Shown

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors. See VehiclePersonalization 0 133.

The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 133.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 38.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 133.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock and then thedriver door will immediately unlock,if enabled through vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 133.

If the passenger door is open whenQ is pressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 38.

Y : Press and hold to release thetrunk.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for about30 seconds until 7 is pressed againor the vehicle is started.

/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds to

start the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 32.

The RKE transmitter buttons will notoperate when the key is in theignition.

Keyless Access Operation

Some vehicles have a KeylessAccess system that lets you lockand unlock the doors and accessthe trunk without removing the RKEtransmitter from your pocket, purse,briefcase, etc. The RKE transmittershould be within 1 m (3 ft) of thedoor or trunk being opened.If equipped, there will be buttons onthe outside door handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 133.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door handle, pressingthe lock/unlock button on the driver



door handle will unlock the driverdoor. If the lock/unlock button ispressed again within five seconds,all passenger doors will unlock. Pullthe door handle to unlatch the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSimilar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Passenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the passenger door handle,pressing the lock/unlock button onthe passenger door handle willunlock all doors.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

If equipped with Keyless Access,this feature will lock the vehicleseveral seconds after all doors areclosed, if the vehicle is off and atleast one RKE transmitter has beenremoved from the interior or noneremain in the interior.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see VehiclePersonalization 0 133.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.



Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and aremote is left in the vehicle, the hornwill chirp three times after all doorsare closed. To turn on or off seeVehicle Personalization 0 133.

Keyless Trunk Opening

Press the touch pad under theemblem to open the trunk if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see DoorLocks 0 34.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Any remainingtransmitters will need to be

reprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter (Key Vehicles Only)

To program a new key:

1. Insert the original, alreadyprogrammed key in the ignitionand turn the key to the ON/RUN position.

2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,and remove the key.

3. Insert the new key to beprogrammed and turn it to theON/RUN position withinfive seconds.

The security light will turn offonce the key has beenprogrammed.

4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additionalkeys are to be programmed.

If a key is lost or damaged, see yourdealer to have a new key made.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter (KeyVehicles Only)

Program a new key to the vehiclewhen a recognized key is notavailable. Canadian regulationsrequire that owners see their dealer.

If there are no currently recognizedkeys available, follow this procedureto program the first key.

This procedure will takeapproximately 30 minutes tocomplete for the first key. Thevehicle must be off and all of thekeys you wish to program must bewith you.

1. Insert the new vehicle key intothe ignition.

2. Turn to ON/RUN. The securitylight will come on.

3. Wait 10 minutes until thesecurity light turns off.

4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.



5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two moretimes. After the third time, turnto ON/RUN; the key is learnedand all previously known keyswill no longer work with thevehicle.

Remaining keys can be learned byfollowing the procedure in“Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter (Key Vehicles Only).”

Programming with a RecognizedTransmitter (Keyless AccessVehicles Only)

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere is one recognized transmitter.To program, the vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, mustbe with you.

1. Place the recognizedtransmitter(s) in the cupholder.The cupholder liner will need tobe pulled out to access thetransmitter pocket.

2. Insert the vehicle key of thenew transmitter into the keylock cylinder located on theoutside of the driver door andturn the key counterclockwiseto the unlock position five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.

3. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket with thebuttons facing up. Thetransmitter pocket is locatedinside the center consolecupholder.

4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. When thetransmitter is learned, the DICwill show that it is ready toprogram the next transmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold the ignition for 12 secondsto exit programming mode.

Reinstall the rubber cupliner.

Programming without aRecognized Transmitter (KeylessAccess Vehicles Only)

If there are no currently recognizedtransmitters available, follow thisprocedure to program up to eight



transmitters. This feature is notavailable in Canada. This procedurewill take approximately 30 minutesto complete. The vehicle must be offand all of the transmitters you wishto program must be with you.

1. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder located on the outsideof the driver door and turn thekey to the unlock position,counterclockwise, five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press the ENGINESTART/STOP button.

The DIC display will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time allpreviously known transmitters

will no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket with thebuttons facing up. Thetransmitter pocket is locatedinside the center consolecupholder. The cupholder linerwill need to be pulled out toaccess the transmitter pocket.

5. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. When thetransmitter is learned, the DICwill show that it is ready toprogram the next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold the ENGINE START/STOP button for 12 seconds toexit programming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal ,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE when youtry to start the vehicle. TheREPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTEKEY message may also bedisplayed at this time.



To start the vehicle:

1. Remove the cupholder linerfrom the center consolecupholder.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket with thebuttons facing up.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and the ENGINE START/STOP button. See Starting theEngine 0 170 for additionalinformation about the vehicle'skeyless ignition withpushbutton start.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC. SeeKey and Lock Messages 0 129.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on thetransmitter to extend the key.

2. Remove the battery cover byprying it with a finger.

3. Remove the battery by pushingon the battery and sliding ittoward the key blade.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing up. Push thebattery down until it is held inplace. Replace with a CR2032or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outsidethe vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear fog indicator light does notcome on during remote start. If thevehicle has heated seats, they maycome on during a remote start. SeeHeated Front Seats 0 52.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some laws



require a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 26.

Starting the Vehicle

To start the engine using the remotestart feature:

1. Press and release Q.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

When the engine starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain on aslong as the engine is running. Thedoors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a10-minute time extension. Remotestart can be extended only once.

Start the vehicle before driving.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested,30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes andthe engine will run for a total of20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle's ignition must bechanged to ON/RUN/START andthen back to OFF before the remotestart procedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle and press and hold/until the parking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

. The key is in the ignition (KeyAccess) or if the key is in thevehicle (Keyless Access).

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. The malfunction indicator lampis on.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.



. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The chanceof being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stoppingthe vehicle. Lock the doorsto help prevent this fromhappening.

To lock or unlock the door fromoutside the vehicle, press Q or Kon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter or use the key in thedriver door.

From inside the vehicle with thedoors locked, pull once on the doorhandle to unlock it, and a secondtime to open it.

Push down on the door lock knobon the top of the door.

Manually locking the driver dooralso automatically locks all otherdoors.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26 and PowerDoor Locks 0 34.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 133for more information.



Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 133.

Automatic Door Locks

Automatic Door Lock

The doors can be programmed toautomatically lock when the shiftlever is moved out of P (Park). See“Power Door Locks” in VehiclePersonalization 0 133.

Automatic Door Unlock

If Automatic Door Locking is turnedon, then all doors will automaticallyunlock when the shift lever is movedinto P (Park).

Lockout ProtectionKey Access : When locking isrequested with the driver door openand the key in the ignition, all thedoors will lock and then the driverdoor will unlock.

This can be manually overridden bypressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Keyless Access : When locking isrequested with the driver door openand the vehicle is in ACC/

ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,all the doors will lock and then thedriver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will sound threetimes.

This can be manually overridden bypressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout, whenon, will unlock the driver door iflocking is requested while the driverdoor is open. This feature can beturned on or off using the vehiclepersonalization menus. See VehiclePersonalization 0 133.



Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock islocated on the inside edge of therear doors. To use the safety lock:

1. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the horizontal position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by using thepower door lock switch, or byusing the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the vertical position. Dothe same for the other door.

Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, trunk/hatch open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thetrunk/hatch or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle has a powerliftgate, disable the powerliftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 175.

Trunk Release

The vehicle must be in P (Park).

Press| on the driver door.

Press and holdY on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

Press the touch pad under thevehicle emblem after unlocking alldoors.

If equipped with Keyless Access,the trunk can be opened while thevehicle is locked by pressing thetouch pad above the license platewhile the RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.

To close the trunk, use the pull cup.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.



There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

After use, return to the storedposition.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, indicates the status ofthe system:

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunkis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the trunk and the hood.Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem, if equipped.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time will



bypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door, the hood, or the trunk isopened without first disarming thesystem, the turn signals will flashand the horn will sound for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

Do one of the following to disarmthe alarm system or turn off thealarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system,if equipped.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system,if equipped.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps threetimes, an alarm occurred previouslywhile the alarm system was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages 0 132.

ImmobilizerSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 318.

Immobilizer Operation(Key Access)This vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the key isremoved from the ignition.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with the correct key. The keyuses a transponder that matches animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only the correct keystarts the vehicle. The vehicle maynot start if the key is damaged.



The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, andthe key appears to be undamagedor the light continues to stay on, tryanother ignition key.

If the engine still does not start withthe other key, the vehicle needsservice. If the vehicle does start, thefirst key may be damaged. See yourdealer who can service thetheft-deterrent system and have anew key made.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Immobilizer Operation(Keyless Access)This vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition button ispushed in and a valid transmitter isin the vehicle.

The security light on the instrumentcluster comes on when there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or moretransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedtransmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is ever damaged,you may not be able to start yourvehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the vehicle does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn thevehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter,or place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket. See “Starting theVehicle with a Low TransmitterBattery” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 26.

If the vehicle does not start with theother transmitter or when thetransmitter is in the transmitterpocket, the vehicle needs service.



See your dealer who can servicethe theft-deterrent system and havea new transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

Controls for the outside powermirrors are located on thedriver door.

To adjust a mirror:

1. Move the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosedriver or passenger mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired direction.

3. Return the selector switch tothe center position.



Memory Mirrors

If equipped, the vehicle may havememory mirrors. See MemorySeats 0 51.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The mirrors can be folded inwardtoward the vehicle to preventdamage when going through anautomatic car wash. Push the mirroroutward to return it to the originalposition.

Heated MirrorsThe vehicle has heated mirrors.

1 : Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 150.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

If equipped with OnStar, the vehiclemay have three control buttons atthe bottom of the mirror. See yourdealer for more information aboutOnStar and how to subscribe to it.See OnStar Overview 0 322.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe rearview mirror automaticallydims to reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thisfeature comes on when the vehicleis started.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.



The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave keys in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout button to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 24.

The power window switches on thedriver door control all four windows.The passenger doors have awindow switch for that window.Press the switch down to open thewindow. Pull the front of the switchup to close it.

The switches work when the ignitionis in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). SeeRetained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 172.

Express Window Operation

Windows with an express-up ordown feature allow the frontwindows to be lowered or raisedwithout holding the switch. Rearwindows only have express down.Pull a window switch up or push itdown all the way, release it, and thewindow goes up or downautomatically. Stop the window bypushing or pulling the switch.

Rear Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rearpassenger windows from operating,except from the driver position.



PressZ to activate the rearwindow lockout switch. An indicatorlight comes on when activated.

PressZ again to deactivate thelockout switch.

If the indicator light flashes, thefeature may not be working properly.

Programming the PowerWindows

If the battery on the vehicle hasbeen recharged, disconnected, or isnot working, you will need toreprogram each front power windowfor the express-up feature to work.Before reprogramming, replace orrecharge the vehicle's battery.

To program each front window:

1. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP).

2. Press and hold the powerwindow switch until the windowis fully open.

3. Pull the power window switchup until the window is fullyclosed.

4. Continue holding the switch upfor approximately two secondsafter the window is completelyclosed.

The window is now reprogrammed.Repeat the process for the otherwindows.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Roof

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY or inRetained Accessory Power (RAP).See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 172.

Open/Close : Presse (1) to thefirst detent to open the sunroof.Pressg (1) to the first detent toclose.



Express-Open/Express-Close :Presse (1) to the second detentand release to express-open thesunroof with the safety functionenabled. Pressg (1) to thesecond detent and release toexpress-close. To stop themovement, press the switch again.

Vent : Pressf (2) to vent the

sunroof. Pressg to close thesunroof vent.

If an object is in the path of thesunroof while it is closing, theautomatic reversal feature willdetect the object and stop thesunroof. The sunroof will then returnto the full-open or vent position.

The sunroof cannot be opened orclosed if the vehicle has anelectrical failure.

Initializing

After a power failure, the sunroofoperation may be limited. Have thesystem initialized by a dealertechnician.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof is equipped with anautomatic reversal system that isonly active when the sunroof isbeing operated in express-closemode. If an object is in the path ofthe sunroof while it is expressclosing, the reversal system willdetect the object and stop. In theevent of closing difficulties like frostor other conditions, it is possible tooverride the reversal system. Tooverride the reversal system, closein manual mode. To stop themovement, release the switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.

Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

Sunshade

The sunshade is manually operated.Close or open the sunshade bysliding. When the sunroof isopened, the sunshade isalways open.


46 Seats and Restraints

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 49Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 49Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Safety Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 59Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 60Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Replacing Safety Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 63When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Passenger Sensing System . . . 67Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 71Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 72Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Infants and Young Children . . . . 74Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 76Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 78Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 79Replacing LATCH System Parts

After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88


Seats and Restraints 47

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front and rear seatshave adjustable head restraints inthe outboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seat

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the release button located onthe side of the head restraint andpull up or push the head restraintdown and release the button.

Pull and push on the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.

The front head restraints are notremovable.

Rear Seat

Pull the head restraint up to raise it.To lower the head restraint, pressthe release button, located on thehead restraint post on the top of theseatback, while you push the headrestraint down.

Push down on the head restraintafter the button is released to makesure that it is locked in place.



If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 79.

Front Seats

Seat AdjustmentSeat Position

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull the handle under the frontof the seat cushion.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Height Adjustment

Press and hold the top or bottom ofthe switch to raise or lower the seat.Release the switch when thedesired height is reached.



Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front or rearpart of the seat cushion bymoving the front or rear of thecontrol up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the entire control upor down.

Lumbar Adjustment

Press and hold the top or bottom ofthe control to increase or decreaselumbar support.

Release the control when thedesired level of support is reached.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.



Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.

2. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seatback,if equipped:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.



Memory Seats

If equipped, the MEM, 1, and 2buttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallystore and recall the driver seat andoutside mirror positions. Thesemanually stored positions arereferred to as Button Memorypositions.

The vehicle will also automaticallystore driver seat and outside mirrorpositions to the current driverRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter when the ignition isturned off. These automaticallystored positions are referred to as

RKE Memory positions. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26.

Storing Button Memory Positions

To store positions into ButtonMemory:

1. Adjust the driver seat and bothoutside mirrors to the desireddriving positions.

2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)and 1 at the same time until abeep sounds.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using 2.

Recalling Button MemoryPositions

To recall the manually stored ButtonMemory positions, press and hold1 or 2. The driver seat and outsidemirrors move to the positions storedto those buttons when pressed.Releasing 1 or 2 before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.

Remove the obstruction; then pressand hold the appropriate manualcontrol for the memory item that isnot recalling for two seconds. Tryrecalling the memory position againby pressing the appropriate memorybutton. If the memory position is stillnot recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Recalling RKE Memory Positions(Memory Remote Recall)

The Memory Remote Recall featurecan recall the driver seat and theoutside mirrors to previously storedRKE Memory positions whenentering the vehicle.

Every time the ignition is placed inOFF, the positions of the driver seatand outside mirrors areautomatically stored to the RKEtransmitter that was used to startthe vehicle. These positions arecalled RKE Memory positions andmay be different than the previouslymentioned Button Memory positionsstored to the 1 or 2 buttons. Toautomatically recall RKE Memorypositions, unlock the driver doorwith the RKE transmitter and open



the door. On vehicles with KeylessAccess, opening the driver doorwhen an RKE transmitter is presentwill activate the RKE Memory recall.If the driver door is already open,pressing the K button on the RKEtransmitter will also activate theRKE Memory recall. The driver seatand outside mirrors will move to thepreviously stored RKE Memorypositions.

This feature is turned on or off usingthe vehicle personalization menu.See Vehicle Personalization 0 133.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction; then pressand hold the appropriate manualcontrol for the memory item that isnot recalling for two seconds. Tryrecalling the memory position againby opening the driver door andpressing the RKE transmitter K

button. If the memory position is stillnot recalling, see your dealer forservice.

RKE transmitters are not labeledwith a number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2 but thisposition is not automaticallyrecalling, then store your positionsto the other button or switch RKEtransmitters with the other driver.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature moves the seatrearward allowing the driver moreroom to exit the vehicle.

To activate, place the ignition inOFF and open the driver door. If thedriver door is already open, placingthe ignition in OFF will activate therecall.

This feature is turned on or off usingthe vehicle personalization menu.See Vehicle Personalization 0 133.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory or power seatcontrols.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling the exit position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and hold thepower seat control rearward fortwo seconds. Try recalling the exitposition again. If the exit position isstill not recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.



If equipped, the buttons are part ofthe climate control system on thecenter stack. To operate, the ignitionand the climate control system mustbe on. If the climate control systemis off, press the O button to turnit on.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The lights near theheated seat symbol on the displayindicate three for the highest settingand one for the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Heated Seats

If equipped, when it is cold outside,the heated seats can be turned onautomatically during a remote start.The heated seats are canceledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe button to use the heated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated seat indicator lights onthe button do not turn on during aremote start.

The heated seat temperatureperformance of an unoccupied seatmay be reduced. This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theyare enabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 32 and VehiclePersonalization 0 133.

Rear SeatsFolding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded down for more cargo space.Fold a seatback only when thevehicle is not moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback down:

1. Lower the rear head restraints.See Head Restraints 0 47.



2. Pull on the lever on the top ofthe seatback to unlock it.

A tab near the seatback leverraises when the seatback isunlocked.

3. Fold the seatback down.

Repeat the steps to fold theother seatback, if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward to lock it in place.Make sure the safety belt is nottwisted or caught in theseatback.

A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

3. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.



Safety BeltsThis section describes how to usesafety belts properly, and somethings not to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 109.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withsafety belts — not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children, andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 72 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 74. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSafety Belt Extender 0 59.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.



5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and thenrelease it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andfront outboard passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Impropershoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 56.

Push down on the release buttonand move the height adjuster to thedesired position. The adjuster canbe moved up by pushing the slider/trim up. After the adjuster is set tothe desired position, try to move itdown without pushing the releasebutton to make sure it has lockedinto position.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of a



moderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,they will need to be replaced, andprobably other parts of the vehicle’ssafety belt system will need to bereplaced. See Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after a Crash 0 60.

Do not sit on the outboard safetybelt while entering or exiting thevehicle or at any time while sitting inthe seat. Sitting on the safety beltcan damage the webbing andhardware.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfortfor older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on a

shoulder belt, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with thecomfort guide.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child restraints.To wear it, attach it to the regular



safety belt. For more information,see the instruction sheet that comeswith the extender.

Safety System CheckCheck that the safety belt reminder,safety belts, buckles, latch plates,and retractors, are all workingproperly. Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom performing properly. See yourdealer to have it repaired. Torn orfrayed safety belts may not protectyou in a crash. They can rip apartunder impact forces. If a belt is tornor frayed, have it replacedimmediately.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 109.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 60.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.

Safety belts should be properlycared for and maintained.

Safety belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary exterior hard surfacesand safety belt webbing may belightly cleaned with mild soap andwater. Ensure there is not excessivedust or debris in the mechanism.If dust or debris exists in the systemplease see the dealer. Parts mayneed to be replaced to ensureproper functionality of the system.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.



New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 110.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

The vehicle may have the followingairbags:

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:



{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 64.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe safety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 72 orInfants and Young Children 0 74.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 110.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the sides of the rearseatback closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 61.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used to

predict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of the



vehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 63.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. In

moderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 64.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 63.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.



{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. You can lock the doors,turn off the interior lamps, and turn

off the hazard warning flashers byusing the controls for thosefeatures.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 319and Event DataRecorders 0 320.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.



Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the instrument panelwhen the vehicle is started.

The words ON and OFF will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 110.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. No other airbagis affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagshould be allowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is because

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off thepassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rear

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

seat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag,the off indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag is off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 110.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbag to be enabled,the on indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbag isactive.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag, depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 110 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag ifthe system determines that an infantis present in a child restraint. If achild restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.



3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in the RearSeat) 0 86 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Safety Beltin the Front Seat) 0 88.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See HeadRestraints 0 47.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbag for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theon indicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use the

following steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbag

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

will not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well the

passenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:

. The passenger sensing systemmay turn off the passengerfrontal airbag when liquid issoaked into the seat. If thishappens, the off indicator will belit, and the airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger frontal airbag while achild restraint or child occupant

is on the seat. If the passengerfrontal airbag is turned on, theon indicator will be lit.

If the front passenger seat gets wet,dry the seat immediately. If theairbag readiness light is lit, do notinstall a child restraint or allowanyone to occupy the seat. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 110 forimportant safety information.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.



Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 317.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing anyparts of the front seats, safety belts,airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, any of the airbag modules,ceiling or pillar garnish trim,overhead console, front sensors,side impact sensors, or airbagwiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seat

trim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim, or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger SensingSystem 0 67.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 259 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any other



reason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer AssistanceOffices 0 310.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 110.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 63. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 110.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:



. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide, if available.See “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 57. If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-ShoulderBelt 0 57.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.



{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neither



the vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.



For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.



Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's safetybelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle safety beltsto fit properly without a booster seat.See the safety belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 72.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 79 for moreinformation. Children can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.



When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

the front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 67 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety belts orLATCH anchors for additionalpassengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the safety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint system and secure thechild restraint system properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatible

rear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.



The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)0 86 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 88.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments. In thiscase, the safety belt must be used(with top tether where available) to

secure the child restraint. SeeSecuring Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 86 orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 88.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.



Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each rear anchor positionhas a label, near the creasebetween the seatback and the seatcushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover.

The top tether anchors are underthe covers, behind the rear seat, onthe filler panel. Be sure to use ananchor on the same side of thevehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a child



restraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 78 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle'ssafety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it is

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

wrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with asafety belt buckled. This coulddamage the safety belt or theseat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 78.

You cannot secure three childrestraints using the LATCH anchorsin the rear seat at the same time,but you can install two of them.If you want to do this, install oneLATCH child restraint in the rightrear seating position, and install theother one either in the left rearseating position or in the centerseating position. If you need toinstall child restraints in both thecenter and left rear seatingpositions, the one in the center

seating position will need to besecured using the vehicle safetybelts instead of the LATCH anchors.

Refer to the following illustration tolearn which anchors to use.

There are five lower LATCH anchorsin the rear seat.

. Use anchors 1 and 2 wheninstalling a child restraint usingLATCH in the right rear seatingposition.

. Use anchors 3 and 4 wheninstalling a child restraint usingLATCH in the center rear seatingposition.

. Use anchors 4 and 5 wheninstalling a child restraint usingLATCH in the left rear seatingposition.

Installing child restraints usingLATCH in the center and left rearseating positions at the same time isprohibited.

Make sure to attach the childrestraint at the proper anchorlocation.

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, do notuse the vehicle's safety belts.Instead use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments tosecure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to the



child restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraintinterferes with the properinstallation of the childrestraint, the headrestraint may beremoved. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” at the endof this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,

if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

Open the cover to exposethe anchor.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto the child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or headrestraint, or the headrestor head restraint hasbeen removed, and you

are using a single tether,route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or headrestraint, or the headrestor head restraint hasbeen removed, and youare using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.



If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, route thetether under the headrestor head restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetheraround the headrest orhead restraint.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement, for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 53for additional information.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in thetrunk of the vehicle.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.



{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 47.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt inthe Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCH



System) 0 79 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 79 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 78.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See“Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation” under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 79.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that thesafety belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 79.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it. If thehead restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCH

System) 0 79 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt inthe Front Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 78.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagunder certain conditions. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 67and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 110 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. Noone can guarantee that an airbagwill not deploy under someunusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 67 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 79 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag, the off indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 110.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety belt



through or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that thesafety belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbag is off, the off indicator inthe passenger airbag statusindicator will come on and stay onwhen the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 67.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


92 Storage

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 92Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 92Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 93

Additional Storage FeaturesConvenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

There is a storage compartment onthe driver side of the instrumentpanel. Lift the latch to open.

Glove BoxLift up the handle to open theglove box.

Cupholders

Two cupholders are in the centerconsole.


Storage 93

Slide the door to access them.

If equipped, pull the second rowseat armrest down to accesscupholders.

Rear Storage

Pull down the armrest. Press thebutton to lift the cover. Close thecover before folding the armrest up.

Center Console Storage

Press the button to access thestorage under the armrest. Thereare two USB ports and a poweroutlet inside. If equipped, there is anauxiliary input jack. See theinfotainment manual.


94 Storage

Additional StorageFeatures

Convenience Net

If equipped, the convenience net isin the trunk and can be used tostore small loads. The net shouldnot be used to store heavy loads.Attach the loops on each side of thenet to the hooks located on thesides of the trunk.


Instruments and Controls 95

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 96Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 96Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 96Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 97Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Instrument Cluster (BaseCluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Instrument Cluster (UplevelCluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 109Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 110Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 111Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 111Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Service Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 115Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 115Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Engine Coolant Temperature

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 117Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 117Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 117Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 118

Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 118Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 118Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 118Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Information DisplaysDriver Information Center (DIC)

(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Driver Information Center (DIC)

(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Battery Voltage and Charging

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Brake System Messages . . . . . 125Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 126Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 126Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 127Engine Cooling System

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 128Engine Power Messages . . . . . 128Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 128Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 129Object Detection System

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Ride Control System

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 132


96 Instruments and Controls

Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Transmission Messages . . . . . . 133Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 133Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 133

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 139Universal Remote System

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Universal Remote System

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, the button is on thesteering wheel. Press to turn on oroff. A light on the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.



Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windshield wiper lever toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray washerfluid and activate the wipers. The

wipers will continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash timeis reached. When the lever isreleased, additional wipes mayoccur depending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 227for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 232.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.



If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna,StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading again. See Compass

Messages 0 126 for the messagesthat may be displayed for thecompass.

Clock

Setting the Time and Date

To set the time or date:

1. Select Settings from the HomePage, then select Time andDate Settings.

2. Select the desired function.

To set the time or date, press « orª to change the hour, minutes,AM, PM, day, month, or year.

To change the 12-24 Hr setting,press the 12-24 Hr button.

To turn Auto Set on and off, pressthe Auto Set button.

If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

Press q BACK to go to the last

menu and save the changes or { toreturn to the Home Page.

Power OutletsPower Outlets 12 Volt DirectCurrent

The accessory power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

There are two 12-volt accessorypower outlets:

. On the center stack next to theashtray.

. Inside the center console.

The outlet is powered when theignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or until the driverdoor is opened within 10 minutes ofturning off the vehicle. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 172.

Open the protective cover to use theaccessory power outlet.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If there is a problem, see yourdealer.



When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the installationinstructions included with theequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 208.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110/120 VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet is onthe rear of the center console. It canbe used to plug in electricalequipment with a maximum limit of150 watts.

An indicator light on the outletcomes on when in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is inON/RUN, equipment requiring lessthan 150 watts is plugged into theoutlet, and no system fault isdetected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is in LOCK/OFF orif the equipment is not fully seatedinto the outlet.

If you try to connect equipmentusing more than 150 watts or asystem fault is detected, theequipment may operate for a shortperiod and turn itself off.A protection circuit shuts off the

power supply and the indicator lightturns off. To reset the circuit, unplugthe item and plug it back in or turnthe Remote Accessory Power (RAP)off and then back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 172.Prolonged usage of the power outletat the maximum load of 150 wattsmay cause the outlet to overheatand automatically shut down. Thepower restarts when equipment thatoperates within the limit is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following equipment, and maynot work properly if any of thefollowing is plugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage such as:compressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools.

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supplysuch as:microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets, touch sensorlamps, etc.

. Medical equipment.



Cigarette LighterIf equipped, push the lighter downand it will pop up when it is ready tobe used. The ignition switch mustbe in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position to use the lighter.

Caution

Holding a cigarette lighter in whileit is heating does not let thelighter back away from theheating element when it is hot.Damage from overheating canoccur to the lighter or heatingelement, or a fuse could beblown. Do not hold a cigarettelighter in while it is heating.

It is not recommended to use thecigarette lighter to plug in auxiliaryelectrical equipment.

Ashtrays

If equipped with an ashtray, it isunder the climate control system.Press the ashtray cover to open. Toempty, grasp both sides of theashtray and remove.

Caution

If papers, pins, or otherflammable items are put in theashtray, hot cigarettes or othersmoking materials could ignitethem and possibly damage thevehicle. Never put flammableitems in the ashtray.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster (Base Cluster)

English Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press S to access the cluster

applications. Usey orz to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where you canview the selected DriverInformation Center (DIC)

displays. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 119or Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 121.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Settings

Audio

Press V to select the Audio app,

then press T to enter the Audiomenu. In the Audio menu browse formusic, select from the favorites,or change the audio source.

Phone

Press V to select the Phone app,

then press T to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, scroll through contacts,or select from the favorites. If thereis an active call, mute or unmute thephone or switch to handset orhandsfree operation.

Navigation

Press V to select the Navigation

app, then press T to enter theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, you can resume thelast route; select from recentdestinations, navigation favorites,or location details; and turn thevoice prompts on/off. If there is anactive route, press V to cancelroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on/off.

Settings

Press V to select the Settings app,

then press T to enter the Settings

menu. Usey orz to scrollthrough items in the Settings menu.

Units : Press T while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose English or metric units bypressing V while the desired item ishighlighted.



Info Pages : Press T while InfoPages is displayed to enter the InfoPages menu and select the items tobe displayed in the Info App. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 119 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 121.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press T when Speed Warning is

displayed. Pressy orz to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing Vwhile viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Compass : In certain vehicles thecompass setting will allow formanually setting the compass. Theuser can set the zone and calibratethe compass. This setting page isonly available on vehicles that areequipped with Remote CompassModule.



Instrument Cluster (Uplevel Cluster)

English Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press S to access the cluster

applications. Usey orz to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where you canview the selected DriverInformation Center (DIC)displays. See Driver Information

Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 121or Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 121.

. Performance

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Settings

Performance

Press V to select the Performance

app. Usey orz to scroll throughitems in the Performance menu.

Friction Bubble : Displays fourquadrants that represent the fourcorners of the car. A “bubble” showswhere the most inertia is beingexerted on the vehicle.

Accel and Brake : Displaysthe percentage amount of brake oraccelerator pressure applied by thedriver as a bar graph around theouter perimeter of the DIC area. Theleft side is for acceleration and theright side is for braking.

Oil Temperature : Displays the oiltemperature in degrees Celsius ordegrees Fahrenheit.

Oil Pressure : Displays the oilpressure in kPa or psi. On somemodels, the oil pump will varyengine oil pressure according toengine needs. Oil pressure maychange quickly as the engine speedor load varies. This is normal.

Battery Voltage : Displays thebattery voltage.

Transmission FluidTemperature : Displays thetransmission fluid temperature indegrees Celsius or degreesFahrenheit.

Audio

Press V to select the Audio app,

then press T to enter the Audiomenu. In the Audio menu browse formusic, select from the favorites,or change the audio source.



Phone

Press V to select the Phone app,

then press T to enter the Phonemenu. In the Phone menu, if there isno active phone call, view recentcalls, scroll through contacts,or select from the favorites. If thereis an active call, mute or unmute thephone or switch to handset orhandsfree operation.

Navigation

Press V to select the Navigation

app, then press T to enter theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, you can resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press V to cancel routeguidance or turn the voice promptson/off.

Settings

Press V to select the Settings app,

then press T to enter the Settings

menu. Usey orz to scrollthrough items in the Settings menu.

Units : Press T while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose English or metric units bypressing V while the desired item ishighlighted.

Display Themes : Press T whileDisplay Themes is displayed toenter the menu. Choose Sport orTouring by pressing V while thedesired item is highlighted.

Info Pages : Press T while InfoPages is displayed to enter the InfoPages menu and select the items tobe displayed in the Info App. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 119 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 121.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press T when Speed Warning is

displayed. Pressy orz to adjust

the value. Press V to set the speed.Once the speed is set, this featurecan be turned off by pressing V

while viewing this page. If theselected speed limit is exceeded, apop-up warning is displayed with achime.

Software Information : Displaysthe open source softwareinformation.

Compass : In certain vehicles thecompass setting will allow formanually setting the compass. Theuser can set the zone and calibratethe compass. This setting page isonly available on vehicles that areequipped with Remote CompassModule.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.



Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 119 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 121.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

Base Level Metric

Uplevel Metric

Base Level English

Uplevel English

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge shows about how much fuelis left in the tank.



An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the vehicle's fuel levelbecomes low, a message appearsin the Driver Information Center(DIC) and a single chime sounds.See Fuel System Messages 0 128for more information.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and will go back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Base Level Metric

Uplevel Metric

Base Level English



Uplevel English

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the indicator needle moves to thehot side of the gauge toward theshaded area, the engine is too hot.

If the vehicle has been operatedunder normal driving conditions, pulloff the road, stop the vehicle, andturn off the engine as soon aspossible.

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 67.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,



grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see AirbagSystem 0 61.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 67 for importantsafety information. The instrumentpanel has a passenger airbag statusindicator.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several more seconds, thestatus indicator will light either ONor OFF to let you know the status ofthe front outboard passenger frontalairbag.

If the word ON is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag is allowedto inflate.

If the word OFF is lit on the airbagstatus indicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be a



problem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 110 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.

The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inON/RUN with the engine notrunning for Key Access or in Service

Only Mode for Keyless Access.See Ignition Positions (Key Access)0 166 or Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 168.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.



Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 212.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. A loose or missing fuel cap maycause the light to come on. SeeFilling the Tank 0 206. A fewdriving trips with the capproperly installed may turn thelight off.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeFuel 0 204.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 208. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:



. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is in ON/RUNwith the engine not running forKey Access or in Service OnlyMode for Keyless Access.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remaining

circuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a brake problem.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English BaseLevel



English Uplevel

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)status light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the EPB isreleased, or while driving, there is aproblem with the EPB system.A message may also display on theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Brake SystemMessages 0 125.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

This light should come on brieflywhen starting the vehicle. If it doesnot come on, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with the Electric ParkingBrake system or another system onthe vehicle that is causing theparking brake system to work at areduced level. The vehicle can stillbe driven, but should be taken to adealer as soon as possible. See theinformation for the Electric ParkingBrake under Parking Brake 0 180.If a message displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC), see BrakeSystem Messages 0 125.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

The ABS light comes on brieflywhen the engine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If the ABS light stays on, turn theignition off. If the light comes onwhile driving, stop as soon as it issafely possible and turn the ignitionoff. A chime may also sound whenthe light comes on steady. Thenstart the engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. If the regularbrake system warning light is noton, the vehicle still has brakes, butnot antilock brakes. If the regularbrake system warning light is alsoon, the vehicle does not haveantilock brakes and there is aproblem with the regular brakes.See Brake System WarningLight 0 113.

See Brake System Messages 0 125for all brake-related DIC messages.



Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

For some vehicles with the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system,this light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle serviced.

For vehicles with the uplevel cluster,this light may not come on whenstarting the vehicle.

This light is green if LDW is on andready to operate.

This light changes to amber andflashes to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed withoutusing a turn signal in that direction.

See Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 203.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 197.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by your

dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.



This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice. See Ride Control SystemMessages 0 131.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak systemis actively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally theindicator light goes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 226.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.See Engine Overheating 0 226.



Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tire Messages 0 132.Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 249.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 252.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.



It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation(Key Access) 0 39 or ImmobilizerOperation (Keyless Access) 0 40.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 143.

Front Fog Lamp Light

If equipped, this light comes onwhen the fog lamps are on.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FogLamps 0 146.

Lamps On Reminder

For vehicles with the lamps onreminder light, it comes on when thelights are in use.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 185.



Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green whenthe ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 187.

Door Ajar Light

When the ignition is on, this lightstays on until all doors are closedand completely latched.

If a door is not closed properly, achime sounds after the engine isstarted and the vehicle is not inP (Park).

Information Displays

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info App. See Instrument Cluster(Uplevel Cluster) 0 104 orInstrument Cluster (Base Cluster)0 101. The Info App is onlyavailable when the vehicle is in ON/RUN. The displays show the statusof many vehicle systems. Thecontrols for the DIC are on the rightsteering wheel control.

y orz : Press to move up ordown in a list.



DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theSettings app.

1. Press S to access the clusterapplications.

2. Pressy orz to scroll to theSettings application.

3. Press V to select the Settings

app, then press T to enter theSettings menu.

4. Pressy orz to scroll to Info

Pages and press T.

5. Select Edit List or press T.



6. Pressy orz to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

7. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Settingsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Current Speed : Displays thevehicle speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

Trip A and Average Fuel Economyor Trip B and Average FuelEconomy : The Trip display showsthe current distance traveled, ineither kilometers (km) or miles (mi),since the trip odometer was last

reset. The trip odometer can bereset by pressing and holding Vwhile this display is active.

The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is calculated based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. The AverageFuel Economy can be reset bypressing and holding V while thisdisplay is active.

Fuel Range : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Displays the current fuel economy ineither liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange.

Average Speed : Displays theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding V while this display isactive.

Timer : To start the timer, press Vwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, press Vbriefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold Vwhile this display is active.



Oil Life : Displays an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 128.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 217.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 292.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 219.

Coolant Temperature : Displaysthe coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Tire Pressure : Displays theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 251 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 252.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage. The batteryvoltage can fluctuate while viewingthis information on the DIC. This isnormal.

Speed Signs : Displays signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation.

Following Distance/Gap Setting :When Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC) is not engaged, the currentfollow time to the vehicle ahead isdisplayed as a time value on this

page. When ACC has beenengaged, the display switches to thegap setting page. This page showsthe current gap setting. SeeForward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 197 and Adaptive CruiseControl 0 187.

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info App. See Instrument Cluster(Uplevel Cluster) 0 104 orInstrument Cluster (Base Cluster)0 101. The Info App is onlyavailable when the vehicle is in ON/RUN. The displays show the statusof many vehicle systems. Thecontrols for the DIC are on the rightsteering wheel control.



y orz : Press to move up ordown in a list.



DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theSettings app.

1. Press S to access the clusterapplications.

2. Pressy orz to scroll to theSettings application.

3. Press V to select theSettings app.

4. Pressy orz to scroll to Info

Pages and press T.

5. Select Edit List or press T.

6. Pressy orz to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

7. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Settingsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Speed (Sport Theme Only) :Displays the vehicle speed in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph).

Trip A or Trip B with Average FuelEconomy and Average Speed :The Trip display shows the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.The trip odometer can be reset bypressing and holding V while this

display is active, or by pressing Tand resetting through theright menu.

The Average Fuel Economy displayshows the approximate averageliters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)or miles per gallon (mpg). Thisnumber is calculated based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. The AverageFuel Economy can be reset bypressing and holding V while this



display is active, or by pressing Tand resetting through theright menu.

The Average Speed display showsthe average speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding V while this display is

active, or by pressing T andresetting through the right menu.

Fuel Range and InstantaneousFuel Economy : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Displays the current fuel economy ineither liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).

This number reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange.

Oil Life : Displays an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 128.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 217.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 292.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.

To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold V for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 219.

Tire Pressure : Displays theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 251 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 252.

Fuel Economy : The right handside displays the best average fueleconomy (AFE) that is achieved fora selected distance. The left handside displays a running average offuel economy for the most recentlytraveled selected distance. Thecenter bar graph displays theinstantaneous fuel economy. Pressthe T button to display a page forselecting one of the distanceoptions. Move the up/downarrow to choose the selection, andV to change the setting. Whenviewing best AFE, a several second



press and hold of V will reset thebest value. The best value will show“- - -“ until the selected distance hasbeen traveled. The display providesfeedback on how current drivingbehavior in the bar graph affects therunning average in the left displayand how well recent drivingcompares to the best that has beenachieved.

Fuel Used and Timer : Displaysthe approximate liters (L) orgallons (gal) of fuel that have beenused since last reset. The fuel usedcan be reset by pressing the Tbutton while the Fuel Used displayis showing.

To start the timer, press V while thisdisplay is active. The display willshow the amount of time that haspassed since the timer was lastreset. To stop the timer, press Vbriefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To resetthe timer to zero, press T while thisdisplay is active.

Speed Limit : Displays signinformation, which comes from aroadway database in the onboardnavigation.

Following Distance/Gap Setting :When Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC) is not engaged, the currentfollow time to the vehicle ahead isdisplayed as a time value on thispage. When ACC has beenengaged, the display switches to thegap setting page. This page showsthe current gap setting. SeeForward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 197 and Adaptive CruiseControl 0 187.

Economy Trend : Displays historyof the Average Fuel Economy fromthe last 50 km (30 miles). Each barrepresents about 5 km (3 miles) ofdriving. The fuel economy will rangefrom 0 – 15 L/100 km (0 – 50 mpg).During driving the bars will shift toalways reflect the most recentdistance on the right side. Thisdisplay cannot be reset.

Eco Index : The bar graph on theleft hand side provides feedback onthe efficiency of current drivingbehavior. The graph showsa percentage value that is based oncurrent fuel consumption comparedto what is expected from the vehiclewith good and bad driving habits.Each box represents 10%, with allboxes filled being 100%. Moreeconomical driving will result inbeing in the ECO box.Instantaneous Fuel Economy is alsoshown on right hand side. Thisdisplay cannot be reset.

Blank Page : Shows noinformation.



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V.

The messages that requireimmediate action cannot be cleareduntil that action is performed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

The following are the possiblemessages and some informationabout them.

Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. See Battery -North America 0 230.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 229.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE PARK BRAKE

This message is displayed if youattempt to release the electricparking brake without the brakepedal applied. See Parking Brake0 180 for more information.

RELEASE PARK BRAKESWITCH

This message is displayed if theelectric parking brake is on while thevehicle is in motion. Release itbefore you attempt to drive. SeeParking Brake 0 180 for moreinformation.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayedwhen there is a problem with thebrake boost assist system. Whenthis message is displayed, the brakeboost assist motor might be heard



operating and you might noticepulsation in the brake pedal. This isnormal under these conditions. Takethe vehicle to your dealer forservice.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message is displayed whenthere is a problem with the electricparking brake. See Parking Brake0 180 for more information. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

Compass Messages

CAL

This message is displayed when thecompass needs to be calibrated.See Compass 0 98.

– –Dashes will be displayed if thecompass needs service. See yourdealer for service.

Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SETTO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)speed is set. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 187.

ADAPTIVE CRUISETEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) when it istemporarily unavailable. The ACCsystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. Cruise is turned on when thevehicle is stopped.

. The radar can't see objects well.See next message.

FRONT RADAR BLOCKED —SEE OWNER MANUAL

This message can occur under thefollowing conditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see ExteriorCare 0 282.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control speed is set. SeeCruise Control 0 185.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GASPEDAL APPLIED

This message displays whenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isactive and the driver is pressing thegas pedal. When this occurs, ACCwill not brake. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 187.



SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)needs service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFOREEXITING

This message may display ifAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isengaged holding the vehicle at astop, and the driver attempts to exitthe vehicle. Put the vehicle inP (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages

DRIVER DOOR OPEN

This message will display when thedriver door is open. Close the doorcompletely.

HOOD OPEN

This message will display when thehood is open. Close the hoodcompletely.

LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN

This message will display when thedriver side rear door is open. Closethe door completely.

PASSENGER DOOR OPEN

This message will display when thefront passenger door is open. Closethe door completely.

RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN

This message will display when thepassenger side rear door is open.Close the door completely.

TRUNK OPEN

This message will display when thetrunk is open. Close the trunkcompletely.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGHENGINE TEMP

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.To avoid added strain on a hot

engine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turns backon. The vehicle can continue to bedriven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADDCOOLANT

This message will display if thecoolant is low. See EngineCoolant 0 223.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —STOP ENGINE

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reaches



unsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

HIGH COOLANTTEMPERATURE

This message may display if thecoolant temperature is hot. SeeEngine Overheating 0 226.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System 0 219,Driver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 119 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (Uplevel)0 121, Engine Oil 0 217, andMaintenance Schedule 0 292.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagemay display when the engine oillevel is too low. Check the oil level.See Engine Oil 0 217.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.



Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 26.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 26.

NO REMOTE DETECTEDPRESS BRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicleand the RKE transmitter is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowedwithout the RKE transmitter forfive minutes. Press the brake pedaland ENGINE START/STOP torestart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.

Object Detection SystemMessages

AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OFF

This message displays when theForward Automatic Braking (FAB)has been turned off. See ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) 0 199.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPREDUCED

This message displays when theForward Automatic Braking (FAB)has been set to the Alert setting.This setting disables most FABfunctions. Some last-secondautomatic braking capability is stillprovided with the Alert setting, butbraking is less likely to occur. SeeForward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 199.

AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREPARATION UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theForward Automatic Braking (FAB)has been unavailable for some time.



The FAB System does not needservice. This message can displayunder the following conditions:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean. Keepthese areas clean and free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 282.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the object detectionperformance.

This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 182.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue. The Lane Departure Warningsystem will not operate. ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) may not workor may not work as well.

LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) and LaneChange Alert (LCA) systems off.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNINGUNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) systemwhen it is temporarily unavailable.The LDW system does not needservice.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windshield behind therearview mirror may correct theissue.

PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.

REAR CROSS TRAFFICALERT OFF

This message displays when theRear Cross Traffic Alert has beenturned off.

SERVICE DRIVINGASSISTANCE SYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem. Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), Forward Collision Alert(FCA), and/or the ForwardAutomatic Braking (FAB) may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Do not use the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) andForward Collision Alert (FCA)features. Take the vehicle to yourdealer.



SERVICE PARKING ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your dealer forservice.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)features will not work. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), LaneChange Alert (LCA), and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may also

activate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care 0 282.

Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVESYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the AWD system.This message could be set by anumber of issues. Some mayrequire service of the All WheelDrive system; some will not. Thevehicle will run in normaltwo-wheel-drive mode when thismessage has been set. This couldbe caused by:

. A vehicle or an AWD systemelectronics problem.

. Various vehicle electrical issues.

. Worn out or overheated clutchplates.

. Loss of fluids.

If this message appears, stop whenit is safe to do so and turn off theignition for 30 seconds. Restart thevehicle and check for the messageon the DIC display. If the messagedoes not appear it is not necessaryto take your vehicle to the dealer.If the message still displays orappears again when you begindriving, the system needs service.See your dealer.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). When thismessage is displayed, the systemwill not limit wheel spin. Adjust yourdriving accordingly. See your dealerfor service.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.If this message appears, try to resetthe system. Stop; turn off the enginefor at least 15 seconds; then startthe engine again. If this messagestill comes on, it means there is a



problem. See your dealer forservice. The vehicle is safe to drive;however, you do not have thebenefit of StabiliTrak, so reduceyour speed and drive accordingly.

SPORT MODE ON

This message displays when usingthe Selective Ride Control. SeeSelective Ride Control 0 184.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned off. Adjust your drivingaccordingly.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned on.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 252.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tires. SeeTire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 252.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADDAIR TO TIRE

On vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), thismessage displays when thepressure in one or more of thevehicle's tires is low.

The low tire pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TirePressure Light 0 117.

If a tire pressure message displays,inflate the tires until the tire pressureis equal to the values shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Tires 0 242, Vehicle LoadLimits 0 249, and TirePressure 0 249.

More than one tire pressuremessage can be received at a time.The DIC also shows the tire



pressure values. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 119 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 121.

Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenattempting to remove the key fromthe ignition or from the vehicle if thevehicle is not in P (Park).

TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle to

allow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message displays when thewindshield washer fluid is low. Fillthe windshield washer reservoir assoon as possible. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 214 forthe location of the windshieldwasher reservoir. Also, see WasherFluid 0 227 for more information.

Window Messages

OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/PASSENGER WINDOW

This message is displayed when thewindow needs to be reprogrammed.If the vehicle's battery has beenrecharged or disconnected, you willneed to program each front windowfor the express-up feature to work.See Power Windows 0 43.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

To access the personalizationmenus:

1. Press SETTINGS on the Homepage on the infotainmentsystem display.

2. Press the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Press the desired option.

4. Press to select the desiredoption setting.

5. Press q BACK to return to theprevious menu.



Personalization Menus

The following list of features may beavailable:

. Time and Date

. Language (Language)

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 98.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

Valet Mode

To turn Valet Mode on and off, see“Valet Mode” under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Radio

To manage the radio features, see“Radio” under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Max Speed

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this allows the AutoRear Defog to be turned on or off.This feature will automatically turnon the rear window defogger when itis cold outside.

Select Off or On.



Collision/Detection Systems


. Auto Collision Preparation

. Go Notifier

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Lane Change Alert

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andForward Automatic Braking (FAB).The Off setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB, but some last-secondautomatic braking capability is stillprovided, though less likely to occur.See Forward Automatic Braking(FAB) 0 199.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to a

complete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on.

Select Off or On. See AdaptiveCruise Control 0 187.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On. See AssistanceSystems for Parking orBacking 0 195.

Lane Change Alert


Select Off or On. See Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) 0 201.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Driver Seat

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver’s previously stored1 or 2 button positions whenentering the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 51.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature automatically movesthe driver seat rearward whenexiting the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 51.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror


Select Off or On.



Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps when K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter ispressed to locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If equipped with keyless access,when on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.



Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, or On - Driver.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 26.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth

Select and the following may bedisplay:

. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” under “Bluetooth(Infotainment Controls)” in theinfotainment manual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT or press the EDITbutton. Type a new number, thenselect SAVE or press the SAVEbutton.

Apple CarPlay™


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port. See“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.



Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed. See “AppleCarPlay and Android Auto” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Android Auto™


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port. See“Apple CarPlay and Android Auto”under “Phone” in the infotainmentmanual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed. See “AppleCarPlay and Android Auto” under“Phone” in the infotainment manual.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

Confidence Threshold

This feature adjusts the sensitivity ofthe speech recognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display


. Mode

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 195.



Rear Park Assist Symbols

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 195.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 318.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. Theseinstructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop and



reverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Remote system, call1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remotesystem buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button until

the indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals forCanada and Some GateOperators” later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, asecond button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed button



for five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming helpcall 1-800-355-3515 or seewww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicatorlight will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.



Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


Lighting 143

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 143Exterior Lamps Off

Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 145Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Battery Power Protection . . . . . 148

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel on the outboardside of the steering wheel.

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps.The knob returns to the AUTOposition after it is released. Turn toO again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when theshift lever is moved out of theP (Park) position.

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

2 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the ignition isoff and the exterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.


144 Lighting

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward you, andrelease.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL system turns on thelow-beam headlamps at a reducedbrightness. If equipped with HighIntensity Discharge (HID)

headlamps, the dedicated DRL willcome on when all of the followingconditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamps control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, thelow-beam headlamps will be on.The taillamps, sidemarker lamps,instrument panel lights, and otherlamps will not be on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off.

This vehicle may have a DRLdisabling function. When the DRLare on and a turn signal is activated,the DRL on that side will be off untilthe turn signal goes off.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor; otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicle


Lighting 145

leaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 146.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers are

not operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press this button on the centerstack above the audio system, tomake the front and rear turn signallamps flash on and off. Press againto turn the flashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.


146 Lighting

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmight be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbsreplaced. If the bulb is not burnedout, check the fuse. See Fuses andCircuit Breakers 0 237.

Fog Lamps

To turn on the fog lamps,if equipped, the ignition and theheadlamps or parking lamps mustbe on.

# : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. An indicator light on theinstrument cluster comes on whenthe fog lamps are on.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D : Move and hold the thumbwheelup or down to brighten or dim thelights.


Lighting 147

Dome Lamps

The interior lamps control in theoverhead console controls both thefront and rear interior lamps.

To operate:

( : Turns the lamps off.

H : Turns the lamps on when anydoor is opened.

' : Keeps the lamps on allthe time.

The interior lamps turn onautomatically if the airbags aredeployed.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps.

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and most ofthe interior lamps turn on briefly atnight or in areas with limited lightingwhen the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter K button ispressed. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 26. Afterabout 30 seconds the exterior lampsturn off, then the dome lamps andremaining interior lamps dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignitionout of the OFF position, or bypressing the RKE transmitter Qbutton.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 133.


148 Lighting

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on atnight, or in areas with limitedlighting, when the key is removedfrom the ignition. The dome lampsalso come on when the key isremoved from the ignition. Theexterior lamps and dome lampsremain on after the door is closedfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

If equipped with Keyless Access,the exterior lamps automatically turnon when a door is opened after theignition is changed to the OFFposition. The dome lamps alsocome on after the ignition ischanged to the OFF position. SeeIgnition Positions (Key Access)0 166 or Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 168.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamps control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 133.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

To prevent battery discharge whiledriving, the following systems arereduced automatically in two stagesand then turned off:

. Heated rear window and mirrors

. Heated seats

. Fan

In the second stage, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) messageis displayed confirming theactivation of the battery dischargeprotection. See Battery Voltage andCharging Messages 0 125.

If the exterior lamps or any interiorlights are left on and the ignition isturned off, the battery powerprotection system automaticallyturns the lamp off after about10 minutes.


Infotainment System 149

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.


150 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

MaintenanceAir Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Passenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Heated Front Seats (IfEquipped)

3. Defrost

4. Air Delivery Mode Controls

5. Fan Control


Climate Controls 151

6. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

7. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

8. Recirculation

9. A/C (Air Conditioning)

10. Rear Window Defogger

11. Power

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature:

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed forbest comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculationlight will not come on whencontrolled automatically. Press@to manually select recirculation;press it again to select outside air.

Q / R : The temperature can beadjusted separately for the driverand the passenger. Press toincrease or decrease thetemperature.

SYNC : Press to link all climatezone settings to the driver settings.The SYNC indicator light will turnon. When the passenger settingsare adjusted, the SYNC indicatorlight is off.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the fan off or on.

Q9 R : Press to increase ordecrease the fan speed. The fanspeed setting appears on the maindisplay. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control and

the fan is controlled manually. PressAUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Air Delivery Mode Controls :Press X,Y, or[ to change thedirection of the airflow. Anycombination of the three buttonscan be selected. The indicator lightin the button will turn on. Thecurrent mode appears in the displayscreen. Pressing any of the threebuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow is controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following:

X : Air is directed to the windshieldand side window vents.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Clears the windshield offog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield.



For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning system on or off. If theclimate control system is turned offor the outside temperature fallsbelow freezing, the air conditionerwill not run.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic air conditioning and turnsoff the air conditioner. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation andthe air conditioner runsautomatically as needed. When theindicator light is on, the airconditioner runs automatically tocool the air inside the vehicle or todry the air needed to defog thewindshield faster.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or preventoutside air and odors from entering.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When high

humidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. The fan speed mayslightly increase to help preventfogging. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation.

To turn Auto Defog off or on, see“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 133.

Rear Window Defogger

= : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is in ON/RUN. The defoggerturns off if the ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFFposition.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 133.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns on

automatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically after about10 minutes, or after five minutes ifthe outside temperature is notas cold.

If the vehicle is equipped withheated outside rearview mirrors,they turn on when the rear windowdefogger button is on and help toclear fog or frost from the surface ofthe mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 42.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


Climate Controls 153

M or L : If equipped, press M or Lto heat the driver or passenger seat.See Heated Front Seats 0 52.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation (If Equipped) :If equipped with the remote startfeature, the climate control systemmay run when the vehicle is startedremotely. The system uses thedriver’s previous settings to heat orcool the inside of the vehicle. Therear defog may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. If the vehicle has heatedor ventilated seats, they may comeon during a remote start. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 32 andHeated Front Seats 0 52.

Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Air VentsUse the louvers located on the airvents to change the direction of theairflow.

To open a vent, move thethumbwheel to | . To close the vent,move the thumbwheel to9.

Operation Tips

. Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

. Keep the paths under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.



Maintenance

Air IntakeClear away any ice, snow, or leavesfrom the air intake at the base of thewindshield that can block the flow ofair into the vehicle.

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 292for replacement intervals. For moreinformation, see your dealer.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


Driving and Operating 155

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 157Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Track Events and Competitive

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 160Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 160Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 162Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 166Ignition Positions (Key

Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Ignition Positions (Keyless

Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 170Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 173Parking over Things

That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 176Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 182

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . 184

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 187

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 194Assistance Systems for

Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 195Assistance Systems for

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Forward Automatic

Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Side Blind Zone

Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 201Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204California Fuel

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 206Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207


156 Driving and Operating

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.



Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See SafetyBelts 0 55.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.



Steering

Variable Effort Steering

Some vehicles have a steeringsystem that varies the amount ofeffort required to steer the vehicle inrelation to the speed of the vehicle.

The amount of steering effortrequired is less at slower speeds tomake the vehicle moremaneuverable and easier to park. Atfaster speeds, the steering effortincreases to provide a sport-like feelto the steering. This providesmaximum control and stability.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under VehicleMessages 0 125.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery



The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive DrivingRacing, track testing, or competitivedriving may affect the vehiclewarranty. See the warranty manualbefore using the vehicle for racingor other competitive driving.

Caution

If the vehicle is used for trackevents and competitive driving,the engine may use more oil thanit would with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.Check the oil level often andmaintain the proper level. SeeEngine Oil 0 217.



For the 2.0L engine: Add and keepthe oil level at 1 L (1 qt) above thehigh mark when driving under theseconditions. For information on howto check and add oil, see EngineOil 0 217.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 242.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.



. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 182.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 179.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 312. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:




. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 175.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 182.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forth



between R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 280.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it may

properly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original



equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 242 and TirePressure 0 249.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).



3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.



{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200 mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions (KeyAccess)

The ignition switch has four differentpositions.



Caution

Using a tool to force the key toturn in the ignition could causedamage to the switch or break thekey. Use the correct key, makesure it is all the way in, and turn itonly with your hand. If the keycannot be turned by hand, seeyour dealer.

The key must be fully extended tostart the vehicle.

To shift out of P (Park), turn theignition to ON/RUN and apply thebrake pedal.

0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped,turn the ignition switch to LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 172.

This is the only position from whichthe key can be removed. This locksthe steering wheel, ignition, andautomatic transmission.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park). Turn the ignition toLOCK/OFF.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 180.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition switch can bind in theLOCK/OFF position with the wheelsturned off center. If this happens,move the steering wheel from rightto left while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work,then the vehicle needs service.

1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : Thisposition unlocks the steering wheel.Some accessories can be used inthis position.

2 (ON/RUN) : The ignition switchstays in this position when theengine is running. This position canbe used to operate the electrical



accessories, as well as to displaysome warning and indicator lights.This position can also be used forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes.

The battery could be drained if thekey is left in the ON/RUN positionwith the engine off. The vehiclemight not start if the battery isallowed to drain for an extendedperiod of time.

3 (START) : This position starts theengine. When the engine starts,release the key. The ignition switchwill return to ON/RUN for normaldriving.

If the ignition becomes difficult toturn, see Keys 0 24.

Ignition Positions(Keyless Access)

The vehicle may have an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes, ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, and Stopping theEngine/OFF.

The transmitter must be in thevehicle for the system to operate.If the pushbutton start is notworking, the vehicle may be near astrong radio antenna signal causing

interference to the Keyless Accesssystem. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 26.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ON/RUN and the brakepedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 172.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display amessage in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See TransmissionMessages 0 133. When the vehicleis shifted into P (Park), the ignitionsystem will switch to OFF.



Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park). Turn the ignition toLOCK/OFF.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 180.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressingENGINE START/STOP one timewithout the brake pedal applied willplace the ignition system in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrun down.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingENGINE START/STOP once willplace the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine crankingbegins, release the button. Enginecranking will continue until theengine starts. See Starting theEngine 0 170. The ignition will thenremain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Only Mode. The instrumentsand audio systems will operate asthey do in ON/RUN, but the vehiclewill not be able to be driven. Theengine will not start in Service OnlyMode. Press ENGINE START/STOPagain to turn the vehicle off.



Starting the EnginePlace the transmission in theproper gear.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 208.

Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the vehiclewhen it is already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Starting Procedure (Key Access)

1. With your foot off theaccelerator pedal, turn theignition key to START. Whenthe engine starts, let go of theignition.

The idle speed will go down asyour engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing the

accelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou hold the key in START,or press ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the key orbutton, and the accelerator.If the vehicle starts briefly butthen stops again, do the samething. This clears the extragasoline from the engine. Donot race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Starting Procedure (KeylessAccess)

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with thebrake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.



The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEbattery is low, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) willdisplay a message. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 26 andKey and Lock Messages 0 129.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by pressingENGINE START/STOPimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather

(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the button andthe accelerator. If the vehiclestarts briefly but then stopsagain, do the same thing. Thisclears the extra gasoline fromthe engine. Do not race theengine immediately afterstarting it. Operate the engineand transmission gently untilthe oil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Engine HeaterThe engine coolant heater,if available, can help in cold weatherconditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F)for easier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up.Plug in the coolant heater at least

four hours before starting thevehicle. An internal thermostat inthe plug-end of the cord will preventengine coolant heater operation attemperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord.

The electrical cord is locatedon the passenger side of theengine compartment, betweenthe fender and the air cleaner.



Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operating

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

condition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could makeit overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engineparts.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories can beused for up to 10 minutes after theengine is turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

. Sunroof (If Equipped)

. Auxiliary Power Outlet

Power to the audio system willcontinue to operate for up to10 minutes or until the driver door isopened.



Power to the power windows andsunroof will continue to operate forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

All of these features will work whenthe ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 180.

2. Hold the button on the shiftlever and push the lever towardthe front of the vehicle intoP (Park).


4. Remove the key.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 173.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parkingbrake set.

Release the button and check thatthe shift lever cannot be moved outof P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly; then it is difficult toshift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park”listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock release system.The shift lock release isdesigned to:



. Prevent ignition key removalunless the shift lever is inP (Park) with the shift leverbutton fully released.

. Prevent movement of the shiftlever out of P (Park) unless theignition is in ON/RUN and thebrake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 277.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If still unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer or a professional towingservice.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Extended ParkingIt is better not to park with thevehicle running. If the vehicle is leftwhile running, follow the propersteps to be sure the vehicle will notmove and there is adequateventilation. See Shifting Into Park0 173 and Engine Exhaust 0 175.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is outsidethe vehicle, the vehicle will turn offafter one hour.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the RKE transmitter isinside, the vehicle will run for twohours. At the end of the secondhour, the vehicle will turn off.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 173 andEngine Exhaust 0 175.



AutomaticTransmission

The mode or selected gear is shownin the instrument cluster.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. It is the best position to usewhen starting the engine becausethe vehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 173.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. The regular brake must befully applied first and then the shiftlever button pressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) when the ignition keyis in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift outof P (Park), ease pressure on theshift lever, then push the shift lever

all the way into P (Park) as youmaintain brake application. Thenpress the shift lever button andmove the shift lever into anothergear. See Shifting out of Park 0 173.

Without the brake pedal applied, thecontrol indicator will be on.

If the shift lever is not in P (Park)when the ignition is turned to OFF,the control indicator and P will flash.

R : Use this gear to back up.



Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 162.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, use N (Neutral)only with the brake pedal applied.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If more power is neededfor passing, and the vehicle is:

. Going less than 56 km/h(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

Caution

If the vehicle does not shift gears,the transmission could bedamaged. Have the vehicleserviced right away.

Operating Modes

The transmission may operate in alower gear than normal to improvevehicle performance. The enginespeed may be higher and there maybe an increase in noise during thefollowing conditions:

. When climbing a grade.

. When driving downhill.

. When driving in hottemperatures or at high altitude.



Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingDriver Shift Control (DSC), coulddamage the vehicle. Alwaysupshift when necessary whileusing DSC.

DSC allows you to shift anautomatic transmission similar to amanual transmission. To use theDSC feature:

1. Move the shift lever to the leftfrom D (Drive) into the sidegate marked with (+) and (−).

2. Press the shift lever forward toupshift or rearward todownshift.

While using the DSC feature, thevehicle will have firmer, quickershifting. You can use this for sportdriving or when climbing ordescending hills, to stay in gearlonger, or to downshift for morepower or engine braking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next lower gear if theengine rpm is too high, nor to thenext higher gear when the maximumengine rpm is reached.

While in the DSC mode, thetransmission will automaticallydownshift when the vehicle comesto a stop. This will allow for morepower during take-off.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,you may want to shift into secondgear. A higher gear allows thevehicle to gain more traction onslippery surfaces. Vehicles with aturbocharged engine may also startin third gear.



Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveIf equipped, this feature transferstorque to the rear wheels asrequired. It is fully automatic, andadjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) performanceis automatically reduced when youuse the compact spare. To restorefull AWD performance, and preventexcessive wear to the clutch in theAWD system, replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as possible. See CompactSpare Tire 0 276.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) WarningLight 0 114.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.



Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Parking Brake

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)switch is on the center console. TheEPB can always be activated, evenif the ignition is off. To preventdraining the battery, avoid repeatedcycles of the EPB when the engineis not running.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 113 andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 114. There are also parkingbrake-related Driver InformationCenter (DIC) messages. See BrakeSystem Messages 0 125. In case ofinsufficient electrical power, the EPBcannot be applied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See ElectricParking Brake Light 0 113.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light remainson, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch isheld up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.



The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switchand holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parking

brake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.



Hill Start Assist (HSA)If equipped, Hill Start Assist (HSA)may be useful when the vehicle isstopped on a grade. This feature isdesigned to prevent the vehicle fromrolling, either forward or rearward,during vehicle drive off. After thedriver completely stops and holdsthe vehicle in a complete standstillon a grade, HSA will beautomatically activated. During thetransition period between when thedriver releases the brake pedal andstarts to accelerate to drive off on agrade, HSA holds the brakingpressure to ensure that there is norolling. The brakes will automaticallyrelease when the accelerator pedalis applied within the two-secondwindow. It will not activate if thevehicle is in a drive gear and facingdownhill or if the vehicle is facinguphill and in R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 162and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

The TCS/StabiliTrak button is on thecenter stack.

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.The appropriate message displaysin the DIC. See Ride ControlSystem Messages 0 131.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whenthe TCS/StabiliTrak button ispressed, the system will not turn offuntil the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold g until the traction

off light i and StabiliTrak OFF lightg come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster. The appropriatemessage displays in the DIC. SeeRide Control SystemMessages 0 131.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release g. The

traction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g in the instrument clusterturn off.



Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 212.

Selective Ride ControlThe vehicle may have SelectiveRide Control. The SPORT and GSbuttons are on top of the centerstack. Selective Ride Control adaptsto the preference of the driver withinone of three driving modes:

Standard : Default mode used fornormal and long-distance highwaydriving. This setting provides asmooth soft ride.

Sport : Use for normal city andlong-distance highway driving. Thissetting provides precise,comfortable handling. Press andrelease the SPORT button on top ofthe center stack and the light on thebutton comes on. Press the buttonagain and the system returns to theStandard mode.

GS : Use where personalpreference or road conditionsdemand more control. This settingprovides responsive, controlledsteering and handling and alsomodifies the All-Wheel Drive (AWD).Press and release the GS button ontop of the center stack. The light onthe button comes on, and theappropriate message displays onthe DIC. Press the button again.The system returns to the Standardmode and the appropriate messagedisplays on the DIC.

Selective Ride Control automaticallycomes on in the Standard modewhen the vehicle is started. Whenthe Sport and GS modes are turnedoff, the system returns to theStandard mode.

Standard Mode. The powertrain reacts normally

to the accelerator pedal.

. Power steering assistance isnormal.

Sport Mode. The shock absorbers stiffen to

provide better contact with theroad surface.

. The powertrain reacts normallyto the accelerator pedal.

. Power steering assistance isnormal.

GS Mode. Additional stiffness in the shock

absorbers for increased bodycontrol.

. The powertrain reacts morequickly to the accelerator pedal.

. Power steering assistance isreduced.



Cruise ControlWith cruise control the vehicle canmaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with the Traction ControlSystem (TCS), the system maybegin to limit wheel spin while youare using cruise control. If thishappens, the cruise control willautomatically disengage. See

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 182. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 197. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, the cruise control canbe turned back on.

If the brakes are applied, the cruisecontrol disengages.

5 : Press to turn cruise control onor off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press the control up brieflyto resume to that speed or holdupwards to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET− : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the selectedset speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, SET− orRES+ could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5off when cruise is not being used.

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the speed desired.

3. Press and release SET− . Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentpanel cluster.



4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster (Uplevel Cluster) 0 104 orInstrument Cluster (BaseCluster) 0 101.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, pressRES+ up briefly. The vehicle returnsto the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold RES+ up untilthe desired speed is reached,then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press RES+up briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster(Uplevel Cluster) 0 104 orInstrument Cluster (Base Cluster)0 101. The increment value useddepends on the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold SET− down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, press SET− downbriefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster(Uplevel Cluster) 0 104 or

Instrument Cluster (Base Cluster)0 101. The increment value useddepends on the units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease vehicle speed. When youtake your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing SET− will result in cruiseset to the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends on the vehiclespeed, the load, and the steepnessof the hills. When going up steephills, you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain yourspeed. When going downhill, youmight have to brake or shift to alower gear to keep your speeddown. If the brake pedal is applied,the cruise control will disengage.



Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. To disengage cruise control,step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. To turn off the cruise control,press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor the ignition is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows for selectingthe cruise control set speed andfollowing gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.ACC uses a camera and radarsensors to detect other vehicles.See Radio Frequency Statement0 318. The following gap is thefollowing time (or distance) between

your vehicle and a vehicle detecteddirectly ahead in your path, movingin the same direction. If no vehicleis detected in your path, ACC workslike regular cruise control.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can speed up the vehicle orapply limited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If the Traction Control System (TCS)or StabiliTrak® electronic stabilitycontrol system activates while ACCis engaged, ACC may automaticallydisengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 182.When road conditions allow ACC tobe safely used, ACC can be turnedback on. ACC will not engage if theTCS or StabiliTrak electronicstability control system is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicle

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

you are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 157.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detecta vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Visibility is low, such as infog, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tire tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

] : Press to turn the system on oroff. The indicator turns white on theinstrument cluster when ACC isturned on.

RES+ : Press the control up brieflyto make the vehicle resume to apreviously set speed, or holdupwards to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already engaged, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET– : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activateACC. If cruise control is alreadyengaged, use to decrease vehiclespeed.

* : Press to disengage ACCwithout erasing the selected setspeed.

3 : Press to select a following gaptime (or distance) setting for ACC ofFar, Medium, or Near.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster(Uplevel Cluster) 0 104 orInstrument Cluster (Base Cluster)0 101. The increment value useddepends on the units displayed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If] is on when not in use, it couldget pressed and go into ACC whennot desired. Keep ] off whencruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (16 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. Press].

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET– .

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.



The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster. When ACC isactive, the indicator turns green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied,ACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, pressRES+ up briefly on the steeringwheel. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

Do one of the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET– down.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Cruise ControlMessages 0 126.

. Press and hold RES+ up untilthe desired set speed appearson the display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressRES+. For each press, thevehicle goes to the next 5 km/h(1 mph) faster mark on thespeedometer.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead or the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

Do one of the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. PressSET– down and release theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET– down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET−. For each press, thevehicle goes to the next 5 km/h(1 mph) slower mark on thespeedometer.



Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press3 on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Whenpressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrumentcluster. Subsequent presses cyclethe gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 197.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, thecollision alert will display on theinstrument cluster and eight beepswill sound from the front.

See Defensive Driving 0 157.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster.

This indicator only displays when avehicle is detected in your vehicle’spath moving in the same direction.

If this indicator is not displaying,ACC will not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehiclespeed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelights will come on. The automatic



braking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

ACC may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required whiledriving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The traction control system(TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system has activated orbeen disabled.

. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

A message indicating that cruise isdisengaging will appear on the DICand the ACC active symbol will notbe displayed when ACC is no longeractive.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle aheadindicator will flash as a reminder to

check traffic ahead beforeproceeding. In addition, three beepswill sound. See “Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 133.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press RES+ or theaccelerator pedal to resume cruisecontrol. If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver safety belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the electric parking brake tohold the vehicle. The electricparking brake status light will turnon. See Parking Brake 0 180. Toresume ACC and release theelectric parking brake, press theaccelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 125.



{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or canceled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place thevehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a warning messageon the DIC will indicate thatautomatic braking will not occur.

See Vehicle Messages 0 125. ACCwill resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not beingpressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond toa vehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in curves and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in asharp curve. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the curve is toosharp.



When following a vehicle andentering a curve, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens, the vehicle aheadsymbol will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrakes may need to be manuallyapplied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press].

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if ] ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.



Cleaning the Sensing System

The radar sensor on the front of thevehicle can become blocked bysnow, ice, dirt, or mud. This areaneeds to be cleaned for ACC tooperate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 282.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See DefensiveDriving 0 157.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 133.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA), andRear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the center stack display.

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show that RPAhas detected an object. This trianglechanges from amber to red andincreases in size the closer theobject.



{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, as the vehicle backs upat speeds of less than 8 km/h(5 mph), the sensors on the rearbumper detect objects up to 2.5 m(8 ft) behind the vehicle that arewithin a zone 25 cm (10 in) high offthe ground and below bumper level.If the vehicle has the Front ParkingAssist (FPA), it also detects objects1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle.

These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather. Blocked sensors will notdetect objects and can also causefalse detections. Keep the sensorsclean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, andslush; and clean sensors after a carwash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA, and onsome vehicles, for the FPA system.As the object gets closer, more barslight up, and the bars change colorfrom yellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear. When an object isvery close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in thevehicle front), five beeps will soundfrom the rear or front depending onobject location. Beeps for FPA arehigher pitched than for RPA.



Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

On vehicles with the Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA), a red warningtriangle with an arrow may alsodisplay on the RVC screen to warnof traffic coming from eitherdirection. This system detectsobjects coming from up to 20 m(65 ft) from the left or right side ofthe vehicle. When an object isdetected, three beeps sound fromthe left or right side, depending onthe direction of the detected vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button on the center stackis used to turn on or off ParkingAssist. The indicator light next to thebutton comes on when the featuresare on and turns off when thefeatures have been disabled.

The RVC, the RCTA system,parking assist symbols, andguidance lines can be turned on oroff through the infotainment system:

1. On the infotainment system,press the Settings screenbutton, or turn the MENU knobto highlight Settings andpress MENU.

2. Select Rear Camera.

3. Press Rear Camera Display (ifequipped), Rear Cross TrafficAlert, Park Assist Symbols,or Guidance Lines and thenselect OFF or ON.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), LaneChange Alert (LCA), and/or theForward Automatic Braking (FAB)System can help to avoid a crash orreduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red alertand rapidly beeps. FCA also lightsan amber visual alert if followinganother vehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph). If thevehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), it can detect vehicles todistances of approximately 110 m(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 187.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle too

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

closely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 157.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 133.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

proper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will come on.Also, eight rapid high-pitched beepswill sound from the front. When thisCollision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.



Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press3 /[ to setthe FCA timing to Far, Medium,or Near, or on some vehicles, Off.The first button press shows thecurrent setting on the DIC.Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weather

conditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttimings may not be appropriate forall drivers and driving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts to turning vehicles, vehicles inother lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe camera sensor behind therearview mirror, and cleaning thefront of the vehicle where radarsensors are located, may correctthe issue.

Forward AutomaticBraking (FAB)If the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This forward automaticbraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 197.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 10 km/h(6 mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph) formoving vehicles, or between10 km/h (6 mph) and 55 km/h



(34 mph) for stationary vehicles.It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. The vehicle will onlyhold at a stop briefly. A firm press ofthe accelerator pedal will alsorelease FAB.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-moving

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

objects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

flow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 133.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part of

the Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the Lane Change Alert(LCA) system is a lane-changing aidthat assists drivers with avoidinglane change crashes that occur withmoving vehicles in the side blindzone (or spot) areas or with vehiclesrapidly approaching these areasfrom behind. The LCA warningdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirrorand will flash if the turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

LCA Detection Zones

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximately



the middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate the

system is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 133.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. LCA may alert

to objects attached to the vehicle,such as a bicycle, or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. Attached objects may alsointerfere with the detection ofvehicles. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 282.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.



If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 318.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide an alert ifthe vehicle is crossing a lanewithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. LDW uses a camerasensor to detect the lane markingsat speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater.

{ Warning

The LDW system does not steerthe vehicle. The LDW systemmay not:

. Provide enough time toavoid a crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they arenot in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarking. Always keep yourattention on the road and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

maintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LDW inbad weather conditions.

How the System Works

The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @ onthe center stack. The controlindicator will light when LDW is on.



When LDW is on, @ is green ifLDW is available to warn of a lanedeparture. If the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking without usingthe turn signal in that direction, @changes to amber and flashes.Additionally, there will be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system may not detect lanes aswell when there are:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

If the LDW system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LDW alerts may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LDW off if theseconditions continue.

FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine cleaner and reduceengine deposits. Seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

For the 2.0L L4 turbo engine,premium unleaded gasoline meetingASTM specification D4814 with aposted octane rating of 93 is highly



recommended for best performanceand fuel economy. Unleadedgasoline with an octane rated as lowas 87 can be used. Using unleadedgasoline rated below 93 octane,however, will lead to reducedacceleration and fuel economy.If knocking occurs, use a gasolinerated at 93 octane as soon aspossible, otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a 93 octane rating, theengine needs service.

For the 2.4L L4 engine, use regularunleaded gasoline meeting ASTMspecification D4814 with a postedoctane rating of 87 or higher. Do notuse gasoline with a posted octanerating of less than 87, as this maycause engine knock and will lowerfuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles which are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16 – 50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance may beaffected. The malfunction indicatorlamp could turn on and the vehiclemay not pass a smog-check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 111. If this



occurs, return to your authorizeddealer for diagnosis. If it isdetermined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see “ProhibitedFuels” in Fuel 0 204.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 204.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment Cleaner added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. GM Fuel SystemTreatment Cleaner is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.



The fuel cap is behind a hinged fueldoor on the passenger side of thevehicle. To open the fuel door, pushand release the rearward centeredge of the door.

Turn the fuel cap counterclockwiseto remove. Reinstall the cap byturning it clockwise until it clicksafter fueling.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 282.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 111.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 111.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 71 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 71.


210 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 211California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211California Perchlorate Materials

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Engine Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 219Automatic Transmission

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 220Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 226Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Battery - North America . . . . . . 230All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 231Automatic Transmission Shift

Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 232

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 232

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233High Intensity Discharge (HID)

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Headlamps, Front Turn Signal

and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . 234Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 235Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices and

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Electrical System Overload . . . 236Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 237Engine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 244Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Tire Terminology and

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Tire Pressure for High-Speed

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Tire Pressure Monitor

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256


Vehicle Care 211

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Different Size Tires and

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 261Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 276

Jump StartingJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 280Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, as well as manyof its service parts and fluids,contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 230and Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 277.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.


212 Vehicle Care

For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications OrderingInformation 0 317.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 71.


Vehicle Care 213

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 303.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull up on the hood releasehandle with this symbol on it.It is inside the vehicle on thelower driver side of theinstrument panel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle tofind the secondary hoodrelease handle. The handle isunder the front edge of thehood near the center. Push thehandle to the right and at thesame time raise the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all the filler caps are onproperly.

2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is closedand repeat the process ifnecessary.


214 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

2.0L L4 Turbo Engine


Vehicle Care 215

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 220.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 217.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 217.

4. Transmission Fluid Cap. SeeAutomatic TransmissionFluid 0 220.

5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 229.

6. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See EngineCoolant 0 223.

7. Battery (Under Cover). SeeBattery - North America 0 230.

8. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 237.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See WasherFluid 0 227.


216 Vehicle Care

2.4L L4 Engine


Vehicle Care 217

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 220.

2. Engine Cover.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 217.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 217.

5. Transmission Fluid Cap andDipstick. See AutomaticTransmission Fluid 0 220.

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 229.

7. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap. See EngineCoolant 0 223.

8. Battery (Under Cover). SeeBattery - North America 0 230.

9. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 237.

10. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See WasherFluid 0 227.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.

Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 219.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the oilmust be warm and the vehicle mustbe on level ground. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. See

Engine Compartment Overview0 214 for the location of the engineoil dipstick.

Obtaining an accurate oil levelreading is essential:

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itwith a clean paper towel orcloth, then push it back in allthe way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.


218 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 305.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil level

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

gets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 214 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 301.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1™ specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C


Vehicle Care 219

(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash or

properly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 128.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem may indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must bereset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.


220 Vehicle Care

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Using the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheel,display REMAINING OIL LIFEon the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 119 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 121. Whenremaining oil life is low, theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on thedisplay. See Engine OilMessages 0 128.

2. Press V on the DIC controlsand hold down for a fewseconds to clear the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON messageand reset the oil life at 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oillife display accidentally at anytime other than after the oil is

changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oilchange.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage is off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, you shouldhave this done at your dealer.

Contact your dealer for additionalinformation. The procedure can befound in the service manual. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 317.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 292, and be sure to use the fluidlisted in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 301.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overview0 214 for the location of the engineair cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see MaintenanceSchedule 0 292.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Before


Vehicle Care 221

removing the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.


1. Screws2. Electrical Connector

3. Air Duct Clamp

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air ductclamp (3).

2. Disconnect the electricalconnector (2).

3. Remove the screws (1) on topof the engine air cleaner/filterhousing.

4. Lift the filter cover housingaway from the air cleaner/filterhousing.

5. Pull out the filter.

6. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

7. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstallthe filter cover housing.

2.4L L4 Engine

1. Screws2. Air Duct Clamp3. Electrical Connector

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:

1. Disconnect the outlet duct byloosening the air ductclamp (2).

2. Disconnect the electricalconnector (3).

3. Remove the screws (1) on topof the engine air cleaner/filterhousing.


222 Vehicle Care

4. Lift the filter cover housingaway from the engine aircleaner/filter housing.

5. Pull out the filter.

6. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

7. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstallthe filter cover housing.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

When it is safe to lift the hood:


1. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)

2. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap


Vehicle Care 223

2.4L L4 Engine

1. Engine Cooling Fans (Outof View)

2. Coolant Surge Tank andPressure Cap

{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. This coolant is designed toremain in the vehicle for five yearsor 240 000 km (150,000 mi),whichever occurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 226.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get the

(Continued)


224 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

overheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.

This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 301.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the markpointed to, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:


Vehicle Care 225

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at theindicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable waterand DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turn

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant andthe proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

2.0L L4 Turbo Engine Shown, 2.4LL4 Engine Similar

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.


226 Vehicle Care

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper DEX-COOL coolantmixture to the indicatedlevel mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fans.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture to

the coolant surge tank until thelevel reaches the indicatedlevel mark.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

Check the level in the coolant surgetank when the cooling system hascooled down. If the coolant is not atthe proper level, repeatSteps 1-3 and reinstall the pressurecap. If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the system coolsdown again, see your dealer.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an engine coolanttemperature gauge and may alsohave an engine coolant temperaturewarning light on the instrumentcluster to warn of engineoverheating. See Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge 0 108 andEngine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light 0 116.

If it is decided not to lift the hoodwhen this warning appears, butinstead get service help right away,see Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 312.

If it is decided to lift the hood, makesure the vehicle is parked on a levelsurface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, both fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the engine,and have the vehicle serviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn it

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 227

Warning (Continued)

off and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatzone or the engine coolanttemperature warning light no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid


228 Vehicle Care

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 214 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in the


Vehicle Care 229

proper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 305.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 214 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.


230 Vehicle Care

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 113.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 292.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 301.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

This vehicle has a standard 12-voltbattery. Refer to the replacementnumber on the original battery labelwhen a new standard 12-volt batteryis needed. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 214 forthe location of the battery.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 211.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 277 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the12-volt battery black, negative (−)cable from the battery to keep thebattery from running down.


Vehicle Care 231

Extended Storage: Remove the12-volt battery black, negative (−)cable from the battery or use abattery trickle charger.

Remember to reconnect the batterywhen ready to drive the vehicle.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Ignition TransmissionLock CheckIf equipped with a key accessignition, while parked and with theparking brake set, try to turn theignition to LOCK/OFF in each shiftlever position.

. The ignition should turn toLOCK/OFF only when the shiftlever is in P (Park).


232 Vehicle Care

. The ignition key should comeout only in LOCK/OFF.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove foot

pressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking.

It is a good idea to clean the wiperblade assembly on a regular basis.When worn, or when cleaning isineffective, replace the wiper blade.For proper windshield wiper bladelength and type, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 302.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Pull the wiper assembly awayfrom the windshield.


Vehicle Care 233

2. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see ReplacementBulbs 0 236.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.


234 Vehicle Care

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try toservice any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

Headlamps, Front TurnSignal and ParkingLamps

Low-Beam Headlamp/DaytimeRunning Lamp (Base)

1. For the driver side bulb,remove the windshield washerbottle filler neck by firmlypulling it straight up and out ofthe bottle.

2. Remove the cap from the backof the headlamp assembly.

3. Disconnect the electricalconnector.

4. Remove the bulb socket fromthe headlamp assembly.

5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to install.

High/Low-Beam Headlamps(Uplevel)

The high/low-beam headlamps onthe uplevel headlamp system areHigh Intensity Discharge (HID) andshould be replaced by your dealer.

Front Turn Signal andSidemarker Lamps (Base andUplevel)

1. Remove the outside cap fromthe uplevel headlampassembly.

2. Remove the bulb socket fromthe headlamp assembly.

3. Remove the bulb from thesocket.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to install.

Fog LampsTo replace the fog lamp bulb:

1. Locate the bulb assemblyunder the front fascia.

2. Disconnect the electricalconnector from the bulbassembly.

3. Remove the bulb by turning itcounterclockwise and pulling itstraight out of the assembly.

4. Install the new bulb by turningit clockwise into the assembly.


Vehicle Care 235

5. Reconnect the electricalconnector to the bulbassembly.

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLampsTo replace any one of these bulbs:

1. Open the trunk. See TrunkRelease 0 9.

2. Remove the trunk trim panelpush pin.

3. Pull the trunk trim panel backto gain access to the taillampassembly.

4. Remove the three nuts thatsecure the taillamp assembly.

5. Remove the taillamp assemblyand disconnect the wiringharness connector.

6. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove it.

7. Pull the bulb from the socket.

8. Install a new bulb.

9. Turn the bulb socket clockwiseto install it.

10. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstallthe taillamp assembly.

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly


236 Vehicle Care

1. Bulb Socket2. Bulb3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the release tab towardthe lamp assembly.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the releasetab locks into place.

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior LampBulb

Number

Back-up Lamp W16Wor 921

Fog Lamp H10

Front Turn SignalLamp (Base)

WY21W

Front Turn SignalLamp (Uplevel)

PSY24W

Low-BeamHeadlamp (Base)

HIR2

High-BeamHeadlamp (Base)

HIR2

License Plate Lamp 194

Daytime RunningLamp (DRL) (Base)

W21/5W ULL

Turn Signal Lamp W21Wor 7440

Sidemarker Lamp 194

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.


Vehicle Care 237

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,

replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block 0 237 andInstrument Panel Fuse Block 0 240.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block


238 Vehicle Care

To remove the fuse block cover,press the three retaining clips on thecover and lift it straight up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuse Usage

1 Transmission controlmodule

2 Engine controlmodule

3 –

Fuse Usage

4 –

5 Ignition/Transmission controlmodule/Enginecontrol module

6 Windshield wiper

7 BPIM (eAssist only)


Vehicle Care 239

Fuse Usage

8 –

9 Fuel injection/Ignition system

10 Engine controlmodule

11 O2 sensor

12 Starter

13 Fuel system controlmodule

14 Trunk release

15 MGU coolant pump(eAssist only)

16 Heated steeringwheel

17 –

18 BPIM (eAssist only)

19 –

20 –

21 Rear power windows

22 ABS valve

23 Obstacle detection

Fuse Usage

24 Front powerwindows

25 Power outlets

26 ABS pump

27 Electric parkingbrake

28 Rear windowdefogger

29 Driver seat lumbar

30 Passenger seatlumbar

31 A/C clutch

32 Body controlmodule 6

33 Heated front seats

34 Sunroof

35 Infotainment system

36 Adaptive cruise

37 Right high-beamheadlamp

38 Left high-beamheadlamp

Fuse Usage

39 AWD

40 –

41 Vacuum pump

42 Radiator fan

43 Passive entry/Passive start

44 Transmissionauxiliary pump(eAssist only)

45 Radiator fan

46 Terminal 87/Mainrelay

47 O2 sensor

48 Fog lamps

49 Right low-beam HIDheadlamp

50 Left low-beam HIDheadlamp

51 Horn

52 Malfunctionindicator lamp

53 Interior rearviewmirror


240 Vehicle Care

Fuse Usage

54 Rear vision camera

55 Power windows/Mirrors

56 Windshield washer

57 –

58 –

59 Secondary airinduction(eAssist only)

60 Heated mirrors

61 –

62 Canister ventsolenoid

63 –

64 HVAC pump(eAssist only)

65 –

66 SAI check valve(eAssist only)

67 Fuel system controlmodule

68 –

Fuse Usage

69 Battery sensor

70 Right low-beamheadlamp/DRL

71 –

Relay Usage

1 A/C control

2 Starter

3 –

4 Front wiper (step 2)

5 Front wiper (step 1)

6 Right low-beamheadlamp/DRL

7 Main relay

8 Auxiliary heaterpump (eAssist only)

9 Cooling fan

10 Cooling fan

11 Transmissionauxiliary pump(eAssist only)

12 –

Relay Usage

13 Cooling fan

14 HID headlamps/Leftlow-beamheadlamp/DRL

15 Ignition

16 Secondary AIRpump (eAssist only)

17 Window/Mirrordefogger

Instrument Panel FuseBlock


Vehicle Care 241

The instrument panel fuse block islocated in the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle.

To access the fuses, open thestorage compartment. Press in onthe sides of the compartment torelease it from the instrument panel.Pull the door toward you to releaseit from the hinge.

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Item Usage

1 Suspension controlmodule/Universalgarage dooropener/ESC

Item Usage



4 Radio

5 Radio displays/Parking assist/Infotainment/Moduletunnel control

6 Instrument panelpower outlet

7 Console poweroutlet




11 Front HVAC blower

12 Right front seat

13 Left front seat

Item Usage

14 Diagnostic linkconnector

15 Airbag

16 Steering wheelcontrols

17 HVAC controller

18 Service fuse/Logistics relay

19 Memory seats

20 Automatic occupantsensing

21 Instrument cluster

22 Discrete logicignition switch/Passive entry/Passive start



25 OnStar

26 –


242 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 163.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 250 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.


Vehicle Care 243

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 243.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increased

traction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 257.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If winter

tires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Low-Profile TiresIf the vehicle has P245/40R19 or255/35R20 size tires, they areclassified as low-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.


244 Vehicle Care

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with 255/35R20 high performance summertires. These tires have a specialtread and compound that areoptimized for maximum dry and wetroad performance. This specialtread and compound will havedecreased performance in coldclimates, and on ice and snow. It isrecommended that winter tires beinstalled on the vehicle if frequentdriving at temperatures belowapproximately 5 °C (40 °F) or on iceor snow covered roads is expected.See Winter Tires 0 243.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not in

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

use. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 255.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.


Vehicle Care 245

GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows the

manufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 259.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 276 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 262.


246 Vehicle Care

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see TirePressure 0 249.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.


Vehicle Care 247

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of

the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See TirePressure 0 249.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.


248 Vehicle Care

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 163.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 163.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 163.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 163.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire that

contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 249 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 163.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.


Vehicle Care 249

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for NewTires 0 256.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings are

determined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 259.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 163.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 163.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)


250 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 163.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 276.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, no

further adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100 mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 251

Warning (Continued)

Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with P235/50R18 size tiresrequire inflation pressure adjustmentwhen driving the vehicle at speedsof 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher.Set the cold inflation pressure to248 kPa (36 psi).

Vehicles with P245/40R19 size tiresrequire inflation pressure adjustmentwhen driving the vehicle at speeds

of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher.Set the cold inflation pressure to283 kPa (41 psi).

Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 163 and Tire Pressure 0 249.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or

tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has


252 Vehicle Care

not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or

alternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 252.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 163.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation and


Vehicle Care 253

displays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 119 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 121.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 163, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 249.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 255, Tire Rotation 0 255 andTires 0 242.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 264 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes for

about one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.


254 Vehicle Care

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 257.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message comes onand stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure MonitorSensor Activation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUNwith the engine off or place thevehicle power mode in ON/RUN/START. See IgnitionPositions (Key Access) 0 166or Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 168.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo page option is turned on.The info pages on the DIC canbe turned on and off throughthe Settings menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 119 or DriverInformation Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 121.


Vehicle Care 255

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold the V (Set/Reset) button located in thecenter of the DIC controls.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFFor press STOP to turn theignition off.

12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 292.


256 Vehicle Care

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 256 and WheelReplacement 0 261.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 249 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 163.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 252.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 305.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could come

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

off and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.


Vehicle Care 257

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 255 and TireRotation 0 255.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. The

tire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec number


258 Vehicle Care

will be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 244.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 255. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the winter

tires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 251.


Vehicle Care 259

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 163.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, roll bars,traction control, electronic stabilitycontrol, or All-Wheel Drive, theperformance of these systems canalso be affected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety if

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 257 andAccessories andModifications 0 212.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls of

most passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:


260 Vehicle Care

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor

laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.


Vehicle Care 261

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.


262 Vehicle Care

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 242. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others could

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 263

Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 145.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. To use the jackingequipment to change a spare tiresafely, follow the instructions below.Then see Tire Changing 0 271. Touse the tire sealant and compressorkit, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 264.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.


264 Vehicle Care

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 175.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to its

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

recommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire and tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 312.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.


Vehicle Care 265

The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button

3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button

(If equipped)5. Tire Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button

(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.


266 Vehicle Care

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in a

heated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 145.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 262 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and CompressorKit 0 270.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 98.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) counterclockwise tothe Sealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.


Vehicle Care 267

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 249.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 312.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire;therefore, Steps 12–18 must bedone immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6) and the power plug (8) backin their original location.

16. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thetire sealant canister (5) andplace it in a highly visible


268 Vehicle Care

location. Do not exceed thespeed on this label until thedamaged tire is repaired orreplaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 312.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommended

inflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (5) andsealant/air hose (6) assemblyat a local dealer or inaccordance with local statecodes and practices.

22. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

23. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin a 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 145.


Vehicle Care 269

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 262 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and CompressorKit 0 270.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the tire valve stemcap from the flat tire by turningit counterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7)onto the tire valve stem byturning it clockwise until it istight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 98.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 249.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4), if equipped, until theproper pressure reading isreached. This option is onlyfunctional when using the aironly hose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.


270 Vehicle Care

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tire valve stem byturning it counterclockwise, andreplace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in their originallocations.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove thecanister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the trunk. SeeTrunk 0 36.

2. Lift the cover.

3. Turn the wing nutcounterclockwise to remove it.

4. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.


Vehicle Care 271

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

1. Screwdriver (If Equipped)2. Wrench3. Tow Hook (If Equipped)4. Fastener (If Equipped)5. Jack6. Trim Removal (If Equipped)

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the trunk.

2. Remove the spare tire cover.

3. Turn the retainer nutcounterclockwise and removethe spare tire. Place the sparetire next to the tire beingchanged.

4. The jack and tools are storedbelow the spare tire. Removethem from their container andplace them near the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

Take off the wheel cover or centercap, if the vehicle has one, to reachthe wheel bolts.

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 262.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen andremove the wheel nut caps.

Do not try to remove plasticcaps from the cover orcenter cap.


272 Vehicle Care

3. Pull the cover or center capaway from the wheel. Store thewheel cover in the cargo areauntil you have the flat tirerepaired or replaced.

4. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen allthe wheel nuts, but do notremove them yet.

5. Place the jack near the flat tire.

6. Put the compact spare tirenear you.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

7. Attach the jack lift assist tool tothe jack by fitting both ends ofthe jack and tool over oneanother.

8. Place the jack under thevehicle.


Vehicle Care 273

Caution

Make sure that the jack lift headis in the correct position or youmay damage your vehicle. Therepairs would not be covered byyour warranty.

9. Position the jack lift head at thejack location nearest the flattire. The location is indicatedby a mark near the bottomedge of the lower molding. Thejack must not be used in anyother position.

10. Raise the vehicle by turning thejack handle clockwise. Raisethe vehicle far enough off theground so there is enoughroom for the road tire to clearthe ground.

11. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

12. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)


274 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

13. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

14. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

15. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

16. Lower the vehicle by turningthe jack handlecounterclockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheel

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

nuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 305 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 305 for the wheel nut torquespecification.


Vehicle Care 275

17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

18. Lower the jack all the way andremove the jack from under thevehicle.

19. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench.

When reinstalling the wheel cover orcenter cap on the full-size tire,tighten all five plastic caps handsnug, then tighten them with thewheel wrench an additionalone-quarter turn.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

1. Turn the wrenchcounterclockwise to remove thefastener.

2. Replace the fastener with theone provided in the foam.

3. Turn the wrench clockwise totighten the fastener.

4. Replace the foam, jack andtools, and the tire.

5. Turn the retainer nut clockwiseto secure the tire.

6. Place the floor cover on thewheel.

To store the compact spare tire, usethe shorter mounting bolt.


276 Vehicle Care

The compact spare is for temporaryuse only. Replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differently

with the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.


Vehicle Care 277

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 230.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start the vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 211.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

The vehicle has a battery cover thatmust be removed to gain access tothe battery for jump starting.

1. Clips2. Pivot Points


278 Vehicle Care

To remove the battery cover:

1. Release the two rear clips (1).

2. Lift the battery cover up towardthe front of the vehicle torelease it from the pivotpoints (2) and remove.

3. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 toreinstall the battery cover.

The vehicle has a remotepositive (+) terminal under a trimcover. It is under the battery coveron the driver side of the enginecompartment. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 214. Youshould always use this remotepositive (+) terminal.

The jump start negative groundingpoint for the discharged battery isthe engine block or an enginemounting bolt. Connect to a spot asfar away from the dischargedbattery as possible.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, set the parkingbrake firmly on both vehiclesinvolved in the jump startingprocedure. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or a

manual transmission in Neutralbefore setting the parkingbrake.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFFand switch off all lights andaccessories in both vehicles,except the hazard warningflashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.


Vehicle Care 279

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

4. Connect the red positive (+)cable to the remote positive (+)terminal of the dischargedbattery.

5. Connect the other end of thepositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of thegood battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one.

6. Connect one end of the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal of thegood battery.

7. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (–) grounding point forthe discharged battery.

8. Start the vehicle with the goodbattery and run the engine atidle speed for at leastfour minutes.

9. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.


280 Vehicle Care

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a wheellift tow truck. A flatbed car carriercould damage the vehicle. Thewheel lift tow truck must raise therear of the vehicle and wheel dolliesmust be used to lift the front wheelsoff the ground.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Dinghy Towing


Vehicle Care 281

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

Vehicles with an automatictransmission should not be towedwith all four wheels on the ground.If the vehicle must be towed, a dollyshould be used. See the informationon dolly towing later in this section.

Dinghy Towing from the Rear

The vehicle was not designed to betowed from the rear with all fourwheels on the ground.

Dolly Towing from the Front(Front-Wheel Drive)

Vehicles with front-wheel drive canbe dolly towed from the front.

To dolly tow the vehicle from thefront:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer's instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto thedolly.

3. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

4. Firmly set the parking brake.


282 Vehicle Care

5. Use an adequate clampingdevice designed for towing toensure that the front wheelsare locked into thestraight-ahead position.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dollyfollowing the manufacturer'sinstructions.

7. Release the parking brake onlyafter the vehicle being towed isfirmly attached to the towingvehicle.


Dolly Towing from the Front(All-Wheel Drive)

Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannotbe dolly towed.

Dolly Towing from the Rear

The vehicle cannot be dolly towedfrom the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 301.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 283

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish

(Continued)


284 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

may damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 285

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 301.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.


286 Vehicle Care

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from the

underbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoid


Vehicle Care 287

corrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.

A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.


288 Vehicle Care

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholstery

cleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


Vehicle Care 289

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.


290 Vehicle Care

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snapping into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 291

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 291

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 293

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Additional Maintenanceand Care

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 303

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oil


292 Service and Maintenance

changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more

frequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 163.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 204.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 212.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 217.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See TirePressure 0 249.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 255.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See WasherFluid 0 227.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 219.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 255.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 217 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 219.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 223.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 227.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 282. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper BladeReplacement 0 232.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 249.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 255.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 220.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 282.



. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 282.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 60.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 282.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 231.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck 0 231.

. Check ignition transmission lock.See Ignition Transmission LockCheck 0 231.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) MechanismCheck 0 232.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and CompressorKit 0 264.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 44.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

2.0L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect sparkplug wires. @ @

2.4L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect sparkplug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,

poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.



(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See CoolingSystem 0 222.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 229.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

2.0L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect sparkplug wires. @ @

2.4L Engine: Replace spark plugs. Inspect sparkplug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed if

driving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, window

fogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.



(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See CoolingSystem 0 222.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 229.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in ExteriorCare 0 282.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.



. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 301 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs



of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. For

information on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 287 andExterior Care 0 282.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See EngineOil 0 217.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant.See Engine Coolant 0 223.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 55560894 A3128C

Engine Oil Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64

2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13356914 CF184

Spark Plugs

2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41–125

2.4L L4 Engine 12620540 41–108

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60.0 cm (23.62 in) 13227404 —

Passenger Side – 45.0 cm (17.7 in) 13227405 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


304 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Service Parts Identification

Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 307

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 305 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, in either the glove box orthe trunk area, has the followinginformation:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


Technical Data 305

Vehicle Data

Capacities and Specifications

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System

2.0L L4 Engine 7.4 L 7.8 qt


Engine Oil with Filter

2.0L L4 Engine (FWD) 4.7 L 5.0 qt

2.0L L4 Engine (AWD) 5.7 L 6.0 qt


Fuel Tank

2.0L L4 Engine (FWD) 70.4 L 18.6 gal

2.0L L4 Engine (AWD) 74.0 L 19.5 gal

2.4L L4 Engine 70.4 L 18.6 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 150Y 110 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.


306 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap

2.0L L4 Engine X 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

2.4L L4 Engine K 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)


Technical Data 307

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.0L Engine

2.4L Engine


308 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 310Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 311GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 315Service Publications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 320OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 321

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toBuick. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


Customer Information 309

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contactGeneral Motors of CanadaCustomer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English) or1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give theinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Buick, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of Canada



Company wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesBuick encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail Buick, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Buick Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33136Detroit, MI 48232-5136www.Buick.com

1-800-521-73001-800-832-8425 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-252-1112

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

All Overseas Locations

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones



(TTYs), Buick has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user cancommunicate with Buick by dialing:1-800-832-8425. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.buick.com

The Buick online owner experienceallows interaction with Buick andkeeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner manuals andview vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers,and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number(VIN) 0 304.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.buick.com to register yourvehicle.

Buick Owner Centre (Canada)buickowner.ca

Visit the Buick Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Use the Vehicle Tools section.

. Access third party enthusiastsites and social media networks.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download the owner manual foryour vehicle, quickly and easily.

. Find the Buick-recommendedmaintenance services for yourvehicle.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such ashand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.



For more information on the limitedoffer, visit www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andBuick reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andBuick reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you haveOnStar®. For security reasons,the driver must presentidentification before this serviceis given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Buick dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck insand, mud, or snow.



. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 805 km (500 mi).

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the Roadside

Assistance advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.



If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,



insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the proper

equipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safety

performance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repair



center that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original Equipment

Manufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside AssistanceProgram 0 312.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 65.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, either



new Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170



Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Company. CallTransport Canada at1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-521-7300, or write:

Buick Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33136Detroit, MI 48232–5136

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the



OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar AdditionalInformation 0 327.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


322 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paidsubscription and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service,and GPS satellite signals to beavailable and operating. OnStar actsas a link to existing emergencyservice providers. OnStar maycollect information about you andyour vehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is active. PressQtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.


OnStar 323

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi®

hotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar service plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block™,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar service plan.


324 OnStar

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Subscribers can have directionssent to the vehicle’s navigationscreen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andRemoteLink mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.


OnStar 325

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (IfEquipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type

(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using theRemoteLink mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App(If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple® iOS,Android™, BlackBerry®,or Windows® mobile devices.OnStar Subscribers can access thefollowing services from a mobiledevice:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.


326 OnStar

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsAdvanced Diagnostics provides astatus of the vehicle’s key systemswith a monthly e-mail, or bypressingQ. If equipped, DiagnosticAlerts can be received in real-timevia e-mail or text. The ProactiveAlerts feature (if available) can helppredict and alert of potentialupcoming maintenance issues withselect components on the vehicle,before they become a problem.

OnStar can also monitor and reporttire pressure, if the vehicle isequipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System.


OnStar 327

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,Remote Services, RoadsideAssistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage


328 OnStar

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.


OnStar 329

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features

to function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 208. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data or

settings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned that


330 OnStar

the privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee is

hereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, use

or other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,


OnStar 331

Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exception

to this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permission

of Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


332 Index

Index AAccessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 187Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 208Additional Information

OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Adjustments

Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .49Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 220Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Passenger Sensing System . . . .67What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Airbag System (cont'd)Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .63

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Passenger Status Indicator . . . .110Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 201

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .179, 231Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 179

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Appearance Care

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Assistance Program,

Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Assistance Systems for

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197


Index 333

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 195

AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Shift Lock Control Function

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

BBattery

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Voltage and Charging

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Battery - North America . . . .230, 277Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 232Brake

System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .113Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Braking (cont'd)Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 166Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Headlamps, Front Turn

Signal, and ParkingLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 235Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Stoplamps, and Back-upLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98California

Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 205Perchlorate Materials

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211California

Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .211, 230, 277

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2

Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 93Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 111Check

Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 231Malfunction Indicator

Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Child Restraints

Infants and Young Children . . . . .74Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 88Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150


334 Index

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . .101, 104Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 315Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 264Connections

OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Control

Traction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Coolant

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Engine Temperature Gauge . . 108Engine Temperature

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Cruise Control (cont'd)Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 187Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Customer Information

Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 317

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 315Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data Collection

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 321OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 320Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Diagnostics

OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 307Drive Systems

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 179, 231Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 194Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 121Driving

Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 197Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .23Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 160If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 162Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158Track Events and

Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 163Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150


Index 335

EElectric Parking Brake Light . . . . 113Electrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Electrical System

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 237Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Check and Service Engine

Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 214Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Coolant Temperature

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Cooling System Messages . . . 127Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Engine (cont'd)Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 175Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 320Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 143Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 143

FFeatures

Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Filter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 220Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 145Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Fluid

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 220Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Fluid (cont'd)Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 199Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Frequency Statement

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Front Fog Lamp

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Front Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .117Requirements, California . . . . . 205System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 128


336 Index

FusesEngine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 237Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Gauges

Engine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 291Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 145Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Headlamps

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . .118High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 143Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . .118

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171High Voltage Devices and

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 118High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 250Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 160Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 182

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . .166, 168Ignition Transmission Lock

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Indicator

Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Infants and Young Children,

Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . .101, 104Instrument Panel

Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 42Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


Index 337

JJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 129Keyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .26Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 244Lamps

Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 144Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Exterior Lamps Off

Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Headlamps, Front Turn

Signal, and ParkingLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . .111On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 201Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57LATCH System

Replacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .113Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . .113Engine Coolant

Temperature Warning . . . . . . . .116Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .117Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Lights (cont'd)High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 143Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . .115Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 109Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Service Electric Parking

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . .116Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 117Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49


338 Index

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Maintenance and Care

Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 292

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 111Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Messages

Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 127Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Object Detection System . . . . . 129Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 131Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 132Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Messages (cont'd)Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 42Monitor System, Tire

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

NNavigation

OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 166

OObject Detection System

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Off-Road

Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Oil

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 219Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 72Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 311OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320OnStar® Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 324OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 326OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 323OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Operation

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Ordering

Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 317


Index 339

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

PPark

Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Brake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 232Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 174

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Parking or Backing

Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 195Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Passenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 67Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 211Personalization

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Power

Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Power (cont'd)Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 172Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 59Privacy

Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 319Program

Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 314Proposition

65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .211, 230, 277

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 318Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 195Rearview Mirrors

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 280

Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Replacement Parts

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 72Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Replacing Safety Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 319General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Selective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160


340 Index

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 307Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .60Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .59

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 319General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 313Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Seats

Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Seats (cont'd)Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .49Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .49Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 86, 88Security

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . 184Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 212Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 303Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Parts Identification Label . . . . . 304Publications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 313

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Shift Lock Control Function

Check, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 201Signals, Turn and

Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Spare Tire

Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Special Application Services . . . . 298Specifications and

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 32Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 231Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Starting the Vehicle

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132


Index 341

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Stoplamps and Back-up LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

Storage AreasCenter Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 92Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 321Systems

Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Taillamps

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 310Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . 39, 40

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Pressure Monitor Operation . . 252Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 251Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Tires (cont'd)Sealant and Compressor

Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Terminology and Definitions . . 247Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 261When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 208Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 280Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Track Events andCompetitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 159

TractionControl System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Selective Ride Control . . . . . . . . 184

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176


342 Index

Transmission (cont'd)Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Turn Signal

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 259Universal Remote System . . . . . . 139

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Identification Number (VIN) . . . 304Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Vehicle (cont'd)Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 115Vehicle Care

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 270

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Vehicle Data Recording and

Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 236

WWarning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .113Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 203

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 261Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 78Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

WindshieldWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 232Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 236

c m y cm my cy cmy k regal owner’s manual - buick · buick regal owner manual...

Documents